lesson plan - Discovery Education

Transcripción

teacher’s guide
educación española
P.O. Box 5751 Flagstaff, AZ 86011-5751
ph: 1.800.628.6266 fax: 928.523.0057 www.nau.edu/EE
Copyright © 2005 Northern Arizona University
table of contents
Welcome Letter
Program Preview
1
3
Practical Resources
Songs
Spanish Names
Vocabulary and Useful Phrases for Teachers
Grammar Highlights for Teachers
Spanish for Parents
Books and Other Materials
For Your Computer
11
15
17
22
29
30
35
Lessons 1 - 10
Lesson 1
A
B
C
Lesson 2
A
B
Lesson 3
A
B
C
D
E
Lesson 4
A
B
C
D
Lesson 5
A
B
C
Lesson plan
Vocabulary for Lesson 1
Spanish Speaking Countries & Their Capitals
Language Families for English & Spanish
Dialogue & Tips
39
41
43
45
47
Lesson plan
Common Phrases & Sounds
Sounds & Syllables
49
51
53
55
Lesson plan
Spanish / English Cognates
Understanding Nouns
Gender of Nouns
Plural Forms of Nouns
Articles
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
Lesson plan
Definite & Indefinite Articles
The Numbers 0-20 / Los números
Números 1 - 20
Addition (más) & Subtraction (menos)
71
73
75
77
79
81
Lesson plan
More Numbers 0 - 100
Diálogo y números
Subject Pronouns & Forms of Address
83
85
87
89
91
teacher’s guide
table of contents
Lesson 6
A
B
C
Lesson 7
A
B
C
D
Lesson 8
A
B
C
Lesson 9
A
B
C
D
Lesson 10
A
B
C
D
Lesson plan
Conjugating - ar Verbs
Verbs that end in - ar
93
95
97
99
101
Lesson plan
Verbs that end in - er
Conjugation
Verb Agreement
Adjectives
103
105
107
109
111
113
Lesson plan
Verbs that end in - ir
- ir Verbs
Verb Agreement
115
117
119
121
123
Lesson plan
Review of Lessons 1 - 8
125
127
129
131
133
135
Test
Test of Lessons 1 - 9
139
141
143
145
Lessons 11 - 20
Lesson 11 Lesson plan
A Question Words
B Questions with Word Order
C México
D Dialogue
149
151
153
155
157
159
A Negative Sentences
B Estar
C Estar
161
163
165
167
169
A Ser
B Ser Sentences
C Estar vs. Ser
D Aztec Calendar
171
173
175
177
179
181
A Preposiciones
B Prepositions: ¿Cuál es la preposición?
183
185
187
189
table of contents
A Cardinal Points
B Tener
C Tener / Buscar / Mirar
D Dialogue
191
193
195
197
199
201
A Las figuras / formas
B Orienteering in Arizona
C Tener que
D Colores
203
205
207
209
211
213
A Demonstrative Pronouns
B Demonstrative Adjectives
215
217
219
221
A Crossword
B ¿Qué hora es? What time is it?
C ¿Qué hora es?
D La hora
223
225
227
229
231
233
A Review of Lessons 11 - 18
B Review of Lessons 11 - 18
C Review of Lessons 11 - 18
D Review of Lessons 11 - 18
235
237
239
241
243
245
Lesson 20
A
B
C
D
249
251
253
255
Test
Lessons 21 - 30
A Dialogue / Skiing
B Ir + a + infinitive
C Ir a
D Los meses del año
E Los días y los meses Crucigrama
259
261
263
265
267
269
271
teacher’s guide
table of contents
A Hacer
B Las estaciones
C Weather
273
275
277
279
281
A Stem - Changing Verbs (e ie)
B Possessive Adjectives
C Possessive Adjectives
283
285
287
289
291
A Hay
B Tener que, Deber, Hay que
C Obligation
293
295
297
299
301
A Stem - Changing Verbs (o ue)
B Stem - Changing Verbs (o ue)
C Diminutives
D Numbers to 1,000,000
E Dialogue
303
305
307
309
311
313
315
A Stem - Changing Verbs (e i)
B Stem - Changing Verbs (e i)
C Possessive Pronouns
317
319
321
323
325
A Dar
B Ver
C Direct Object Pronouns
327
329
331
333
335
A Indirect Object Pronouns
B Indirect Object Pronouns
337
339
341
343
E Review of Lessons 21 - 28
F Review of Lessons 21 - 28
345
347
349
351
353
355
357
359
table of contents
Lesson 30
A
B
C
D
E
F
Test
363
365
367
369
371
373
Lessons 31 - 40
A Saber / Conocer
B Saber / Conocer
377
379
381
383
A Reflexive Verbs & Pronouns
B Reflexive Verbs
C El árbol genealógico
D Dialogue / Fotos de Mi Familia
385
387
389
391
393
395
A Special Verbs with Indirect Object Pronouns
B Gustar
C Las Comidas
397
399
401
403
405
A Formal Commands
B Irregular Formal Commands
C Crucigrama de Títulos
407
409
411
413
415
A Informal Commands
B Irregular Informal Commands
C Dialogue / Burritos Fiesta
417
419
421
423
425
A Commands
B Object Pronouns with Commands
427
429
431
433
A Reciprocal Reflexives
B Comparisons of Inequality
C Comparisons of Inequality
435
437
439
441
443
teacher’s guide
table of contents
A Comparisons of Equality
B Comparisons of Inequality
C Superlatives
D Superlatives
445
447
449
451
453
455
457
459
461
463
465
467
Lesson 40
A
B
C
D
471
473
475
477
Test
Lessons 41 - 50
A Preterit Tense (- ar)
B Preterit Tense (- er)
C Preterit Tense (- ir)
D Dialogue / El Examen
481
483
485
487
489
491
A Preterit of Stem - Changing Verbs
B Irregular Preterit Verbs
C Relative Pronouns que, quien, cuyo
493
495
497
499
501
A Affirmative & Negative Words
B Affirmative & Negative Words
C Adjectives as Nouns
503
505
507
509
511
A Imperfect Verbs
B Imperfect Verbs
C Prepositional Object Pronouns
513
515
517
519
521
A Irregular Verbs in the Imperfect Tense
B Comparison of Preterit & Imperfect
C Expressions of Time Using Hacer
D Dialogue / Machu Picchu
523
525
527
529
531
533
table of contents
Year in Review
Vocabulary for Lessons 46 - 49
A Year in Review
B Year in Review
C Year in Review
537
539
541
543
545
Lesson 47
A
B
C
Lesson plan
Year in Review
Year in Review
Year in Review
547
549
551
553
Lesson 48
A
B
C
Lesson plan
Year in Review
Year in Review
Year in Review
555
557
559
561
A Year in Review
B Year in Review
563
565
567
Final Evaluation
Lesson 50
A
B
C
D
E
F
Final Evaluation
Tests of Lessons 1 - 45
571
573
575
577
579
581
Answer Keys / Index
Answer Keys for Lessons 1 - 50
Index
583
603
teacher’s guide
Dear Participating Teachers:
¡Hola! Welcome to educación española, the new program of Spanish instruction from Northern
Arizona University (NAU) in Flagstaff, Arizona. We have created this program in order to articulate a
Spanish program from first grade through the middle or junior high school years. It is also appropriate
for learners who study best through a program of structural analysis and comparison.
Building on our success with the national award-winning Elementary Spanish Program, recognized
as one of the “Best K-12 Distance Learning Programs” by the 1994 Telecon Awards, we developed
educación española for older learners. In this new program, we will study and practice the concepts
of verb conjugation, noun gender, and other grammar points. We will also work extensively with oral
language production. We are confident that our educación española program will meet your foreign
language needs in the classroom.
Before beginning to use this program, it is very important that you read the Program Preview
first (immediately following this letter in this Teacher’s Guide). It is your guidepost to achieving the
highest possible success. Most of your questions will be answered there, and the concerns of most
teachers beginning a foreign language program are also addressed. You will have an opportunity to
become more familiar with this Teacher’s Guide and all of the resources it contains for you in a systematic way as you go through it as well.
We hope that you enjoy learning about the Spanish language and the cultures of the peoples who
speak it as much as we have enjoyed putting together this program for you and your students.
Best wishes, and once again, welcome!
The Staff at the educación española Program
1
Program Preview
Welcome to the fascinating world of foreign language learning. We wish you and your students the very
best of luck in your endeavors to become familiar with the Spanish language and the cultures of the
people who speak it. Our programming includes a two-year curriculum so that your students can study
Spanish in a consistent way. Each year of instruction is comprised of fifty lessons. Regular lessons are 40
to 50 minutes each, while the test lessons at the end of each unit vary in length.
Each unit (group of 10 lessons) is focused on one Spanish-speaking country or a specific timespan within
the history of that country. Many interesting historical, geographical, and social facts are presented to
supply the learner with a deeper understanding of the various cultures of the Spanish-speaking people
around the world. Lessons 1-10 will study Spain; lessons 11-20 will cover early Mexico and the arrival of
the Spaniards; lessons 21-30 will focus on post-conquest Mexico; lessons 31-40 will examine Paraguay;
and lessons 41-50 will look at Peru.
Because the lessons build one upon another, students must take the lessons in the order they are presented. This differs from the presentation methods of the Elementary Spanish program and is a reflection
of the different approach to learning encompassed in this new program. If a student misses a lesson, it is
advised that he or she view any missed lessons before proceeding on with the new instruction.
Achieving Success With the Program
In order to achieve success with the program, it is very important that classroom teachers read
the information detailed here and make reference to it from time to time. Teaching with video,
particularly when one is both imparting and learning a new language, is unlike the other experiences
classroom teachers participate in during the regular course of their day. Becoming familiar with the
concepts outlined here should make that experience rewarding and enjoyable both for the classroom
teacher and the students participating in the lessons.
Some teachers using this program may already have knowledge of the Spanish language, but we have
found that this is usually not the case. Therefore, we have tried to design both the lessons and the print
materials with that in mind.
Resources for Teachers Included in this Teacher’s Guide
One copy of the Teacher’s Guide is included per site for each set of videotapes ordered. Additional
copies can be purchased (see order forms at the end of this Teacher’s Guide). In the Teacher’s Guide,
you will find some excellent resource pages for both teachers and parents. The “Practical Resources”
section (after this “Program Preview”) provides teachers with the words to the songs used in the lessons accompanied by translations into English. There is also a page titled “Spanish Names” with a list of
names in Spanish and their English translations so that your students can take on a new identity during
the Spanish lessons. This is helpful because it makes it easier for them to make mistakes since Roberto
(not Robert) or Carolina (not Caroline) made the mistake. Some students choose a name that is closest to
their own, but others choose a name simply because they like the way it sounds.
To keep teachers in step with what things in the classroom are called in Spanish and also to provide
them with a list of commonly used classroom phrases, we have included the “Vocabulary and Useful
Phrases for Teachers” pages in the “Practical Resources” section as well. Some teachers like to use the
list to label things found around the classroom in Spanish or allow their students to do so. The use of the
language can be reinforced throughout the day by using the classroom phrases in Spanish, such as “I am
going to call roll,” “Line up, please,” etc.
3
For those who want guidance on how to pronounce the words, we have provided the “Grammar
Highlights for Teachers” pages in this same section. They include the alphabet, basic Spanish phonetics,
and verb conjugation in the present indicative for some common regular verbs, reflexive verbs, and stemchanging verbs. They also provide the rules for accentuation. These points will also be covered in the
lessons.
We also provide a “Spanish for Parents” page to help parents reinforce language learning at home. It
includes a basic pronunciation guide and some common phrases used around the house with children on
a daily basis. We cannot stress enough the importance of parental “buy-in” in making your foreign language program successful. Invite parents in to watch the videos so they know what to ask when encouraging their children to talk about what they are learning in Spanish. We have included a general letter in
Spanish right before Lesson 1 describing the year’s activities and inviting Spanish-speaking parents to
participate.
In addition to the pages mentioned above, there are “Books and Other Materials” pages in the
“Practical Resources” section which provide information as to how one may obtain published materials
which are used in the lessons or which would greatly enhance them. We strongly suggest that all teachers
participating in the program keep a library of books in Spanish in the classroom because it is important
for students to realize that Spanish is a living, written language with literature on all topics. Some students
will even begin to transfer their English reading skills to Spanish and begin to read simple words and
phrases in Spanish after studying the language for a while.
It is important to note that learning to read some things in Spanish will not confuse students or hinder
their progress in reading in English; quite the contrary. Studies have shown that students begin to
compare the two languages and think about language itself on a higher level than would otherwise have
been possible without the exposure to a foreign language.
Finally, we have also included a page called “For Your Computer” which will guide you to our Web page.
It includes information about the products offered by educación española and some links to sites that we
think may be of interest to people learning about the Spanish language and Hispanic cultures.
Using the Teacher’s Guide on a Day-to-Day Basis
We encourage you to go through the table of contents in the guide to see all that is available to you.
There are five units of instruction based on different Spanish-speaking countries or specific periods of history within a certain country. We do this to help the students in learning about the histories and cultures of
the target countries and to give them additional interesting facts and information to help keep them interested in the instruction. Additional credit can be given to students who research and present information
on the countries being discussed in the different units.
One year of instruction consists of five units (group of ten lessons).
Each unit includes:
v
v
v
eight lessons of instruction with
• lesson plan pages providing the key grammar points introduced
• vocabulary lists and
• activity sheets
a review lesson and
a test lesson (the final test of the year will be cumulative)
We encourage you to look through the Teacher’s Guide and familiarize yourself with these pages. The activity sheets may be done in some cases during the lesson or as a follow-up activity later on (answer keys are
provided for each activity sheet at the back of the Teacher’s Guide). If students will be using the activity
sheets, these should be copied for them from the blackline masters in this guide, or your district may opt
for purchasing the educación española Workbook for each student. It comes complete with all of the
activity sheets and the words to the songs.
4
If paper use is an issue at your location, you might consider making transparencies of the activity sheets
and doing them as a whole-class activity. This is also a good way to review the material on the activity
sheets before the test.
We particularly recommend that you look over each lesson’s materials before you show the lesson.
This is important because you will be better able to assist your students through the lesson by being
prepared.
The test lessons provided at the end of each unit can be used for both pretesting and posttesting if
desired. If you choose to use the evaluation component in this way, simply have students view the test
lesson before starting the actual lessons, and then show it again at unit’s end. The test is included as the
tenth lesson of each unit. Some teachers choose only to administer a posttest, while others forego the
testing process completely. This depends on the nature of Spanish as a subject matter at your particular
location, i.e., whether it is a core subject or an enrichment area.
Cultural Components
When appropriate, cultural issues will be addressed in the lessons so that your students begin to get
a feel for how life is lived in many Spanish-speaking countries. To make the most of the cultural components, we recommend class discussions afterward which include comparisons between the cultures of the
Spanish-speaking world and the cultures of your students. Looking for both similarities and differences
is important, and students should be encouraged to think about why things might be done differently in
different places and among different peoples.
For cultural enrichment, we also offer three holiday videos which are each about thirty minutes in
length. The titles offered are El Día de los Muertos en Janitzio/All Souls’ Day in Janitzio, Luz y colorido: La
Navidad en la Ciudad de México/Light and Color: Christmas in Mexico City, and La Pascua en Iztapalapa/Easter
in Iztapalapa. All are narrated in English to maximize comprehension of the subject matter, but there are
many Spanish language elements included. A Teacher’s Guide accompanies each video and includes a
vocabulary list, extension activities, and applicable National Standards for Foreign Language Learning.
The videos may be purchased as a set or individually. To order, please see the order form at the back of
this Teacher’s Guide.
Teaching Spanish for Those Who Do Not Know the Language
Probably the most important thing to remember if you are learning the lessons along with your students
is that it is perfectly appropriate to take on the role of a learner with them and admit that you do not
always have immediate answers to their questions. It is especially important to be an active learner.
This means the teacher should participate in the lessons along with his or her students. When the
students are asked to repeat words and phrases or to respond in other ways to different activities, the
teacher should do the same. This makes a difference not only in how much the teacher learns along with
the students, but also in their degree of active involvement. If student participation is too passive or students perceive that Spanish is just something “extra” in the curriculum, they will not be as successful as
those who see it as something the teacher considers important and something worth learning.
Reinforcement of the lessons is a key element to student success. Reviewing the activity sheets as a
class is a good place to start. Answer keys for all of the activity sheets are included so that even teachers
who are not Spanish-speakers can direct the class with confidence. Our experience has shown that teachers find the program easier and easier to use as time goes by, especially if they participate actively during the lessons and try to do follow-up.
When other subjects in your curriculum permit, teach part of them in Spanish. For example, once you
5
have the numbers down, you can do math problems in Spanish. Students will be covering the necessary
concepts and reviewing Spanish at the same time. You can also do calendar activities in Spanish once you
have mastered the calendar from our lessons. Art activities can be labeled in Spanish, too. Integrating
Spanish into the rest of the curriculum will get easier as the year progresses.
As students increase their awareness of the Spanish language, they will inevitably have questions. There
are many good resources that can be of help to you in searching for answers to student questions and
also in doing extension activities if you so desire. We highly recommend that all classrooms participating in these lessons have readily accessible at least one bilingual dictionary. Ideally, the teacher should
have one written for adults, and the students should have several appropriate to their grade level on a
resource shelf. The American Heritage Spanish Dictionary put out by Houghton Mifflin (ISBN 0-395-324297) is one good choice for teachers, but there are many others which are available in most book stores. Vox
puts out several bilingual dictionaries which are appropriate for beginning students and are also available
in most bookstores. For the independent learner, 500 Palabras nuevas para ti/500 Words to Grow On by
Harry McNaught (Random House, ISBN 0-394-85145-5) is a good start because it is essentially a picture dictionary arranged by theme with both the English and the Spanish terms written by the pictures. This book
is very inexpensive and includes topics like colors, the family, the parts of the body, clothing, toys, plants,
animals, foods, means of transportation, basic geographical and community terms, and what one finds
around the house; in other words, both topics of general interest to children and what one learns about in
school are covered.
Another excellent resource is a native speaker in your community who would be willing to come in
and help with lessons or talk to students about his or her culture. Some of your students’ parents may
be native speakers of the language, or you may even have students in your class who are. If you are so fortunate, the native speakers among your students can be allowed to help teach both yourself and the
rest of the class. This will not only enhance your language experience, it will also help build self-esteem
in your Spanish-speaking students and remind them of the importance of preserving their language and
customs. Many college or high school Spanish professors are happy to answer questions, and you may
be able to collaborate with high school Spanish students by setting up a “big buddy system.”
The Uniqueness of the Foreign Language Learning Experience
We hope that these ideas will help you and your students in your efforts to learn Spanish. It should be
pointed out that learning a foreign language is a type of study like no other. It takes time, and it is
often very frustrating at first. All students learn differently, and some have more facility with language
than others. This is perfectly normal.
Some of your students will want to talk right away. Others will go through a long silent period in which
they are listening and absorbing the sounds and words they are hearing. This is a normal part of the comprehension phase, the first phase of language learning. All students will make mistakes, but they should be
encouraged each time they make efforts at production. We believe strongly in indirect correction of
errors. If a student has taken the risk of making utterances in a foreign language, we praise the student
and reiterate (correctly) what was said in an affirming way. “No, that’s not right,” does not fit into our
correction strategies. By the same token, if a student in the silent period points out an answer to a question (say, in an illustration) which is incorrect, we simply identify what the student has pointed to in the
target language and restate the question. For example, if a student asked to point out a picture of a
dog points out a cat, the teacher simply says, “This is a cat. Where is the dog?” In this way, the name of
the object pointed to is reinforced, and the student is given another opportunity to point to the correct
answer without feeling belittled.
Given the length and number of the lessons, we expect the students to begin to grasp the basic concepts
6
of the new language and begin to communicate at a basic level. Achieving fluency in a language, even
when one is immersed in it, takes a long time. Our program will give your students a tremendous head
start in that process so that when they have opportunities to be in direct contact with the language or to
continue their studies, they will have a big advantage over students who are hearing the language for the
first time.
In closing, we again wish you and your students the very best. Especially, we hope that you will try to
have fun with the language as we do here at Educational Systems Programming at Northern Arizona
University.
¡Buena suerte! Good luck!
7
practical resources
songbook
A, E, I, O, U
(Tradicional)
A, E, I, O, U
(Traditional)
A, E, I, O, U,
¡el burro sabe más que tú!
A, E, I, O, U,
the donkey knows more than you!
La canción de los numeros
Numbers Song
Unos, dos, y tres banditos.
Cuatro, cinco, seis banditos.
Siete, ocho, nueve banditos.
Diez banditos son.
One, two, and three banditos.
Four, five, six banditos.
Seven, eight, nine banditos.
Ten banditos there are.
Cielito Lindo
(Tradicional)
My Little Love
(Traditional)
De la Sierra Morena,
Cielito Lindo, vienen bajando
un par de ojitos negros,
Cielito Lindo, de contrabando.
From the Sierra Morena,
My Little Love,
a pair of dark contraband eyes
is descending, My Little Love.
¡Ay! ¡Ay! ¡Ay! ¡Ay!
Canta y no llores,
porque cantando se alegran,
Cielito Lindo, los corazones.
Oh! Oh! Oh! Oh!
Sing, don’t cry;
because singing, My Little Love,
makes the heart glad.
La cucaracha
(Tradicional)
The Cockroach
(Traditional)
Todas las muchachas tienen
en los ojos dos estrellas,
pero las mexicanitas
de seguro son más bellas.
La cucaracha, la cucaracha;
ya no quiere caminar;
porque no tiene,
porque le falta
dinero para gastar.
All the girls have
in their eyes two stars,
but the little Mexican girls
for sure are prettier.
The cockroach, the cockroach
now it does not want to walk,
because it does not have,
because it lacks
money to spend.
The Colors Song
(Same as words from Spanish)
La canción de los colores
(Tradicional)
Red is rojo. Green is verde.
Blue azul. Negro black.
Yellow amarillo. Purple is morado.
Blanco white. Brown café.
Red is rojo. Green is verde.
Blue azul. Negro black.
Yellow amarillo. Orange anaranjado.
Rosa pink. Grey is gris.
11
songbook
El rancho grande
(Tradicional)
The Big Ranch
(Traditional)
Allá en el rancho grande,
allá donde vivía,
había una rancherita
que alegre me decía,
que alegre me decía,
“Te voy a hacer tus calzones
como los que usa el ranchero.
Te los comienzo de lana,
te los acabo de cuero.”
There on the big ranch
where I used to live,
there was a little rancher
who used to say to me happily,
who used to say to me happily,
“I’m going to make you some pants
like the ranchers use.
I will start them with wool,
I will finish them with leather.”
Los días de la semana
(P. Manzanares-Gonzales)
The Days of the Week
(P. Manzanares-Gonzales)
Hay siete días en una semana,
los vamos a nombrar:
lunes, martes, miércoles, jueves,
viernes, sábado, domingo.
There are seven days in a week,
we are going to name them:
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday, Sunday.
Los meses del año
(K. S. de Cano)
The Months of the Year
(K. S. de Cano)
Enero, febrero, marzo y abril,
mayo y junio y julio también,
agosto, septiembre, octubre ya llegó;
noviembre, diciembre,
¡el año ya acabó!
January, February, March, and April,
May and June and July, too,
August, September, October is already here;
November, December,
the end of another year!
Las mañanitas
(Tradicional)
The Early Morning Songs
(Traditional)
Éstas son las mañanitas
que cantaba el Rey David,
pero no eran tan bonitas
como las cantan aquí.
Despierta, mi bien, despierta,
mira que ya amaneció,
ya los pajarillos cantan,
la luna ya se metió.
These are the early morning songs
that King David used to sing,
but they weren’t as beautiful
as those they sing here.
Wake up, my love, wake up,
look, the sun has already risen,
the birds are singing now,
the moon has set.
12
songbook
Memories of Santaní
Recuerdos de Santaní
Un tierno canto quiero brindarte
al recordarte mi Santaní.
Vergel florido, cuna de amores,
donde vivía siempre feliz.
Parece el pueblo blancas palomas
con una loma posan allí.
Brinden sus aguas, muy azulados,
es muy mentada, y kua pai.
A tender song I want to offer you
to remind you of my Santaní.
Verdant flowers, the cradle of love,
where I lived happily.
It looks like a town of white doves
with a hill resting there.
Toast to her waters, beautifully blue,
it’s very famous, the beautiful water.
Oi me upepe cuña hory va.
I katu yva nde resarai.
E ju jevy ne hei va ndeve,
ya re pyru ma Tapirakuai.
Ha umi xe ama pe pyhare ro,
musico kuera no monge vei.
Ha serenata pe japysape
he’i hasy va pe i purahei.
There are friendly women there.
It could be you’ll never forget.
You will come back it says to you,
you’ve stepped in the Tapirakuai River.
And there my love in the evenings,
the musicians will not let you sleep.
And you will hear serenades
and say, “How sad are the songs.”
Recuerdo siempre un triste día
amanecía cuando partí.
Atrás quedaba gratos recuerdos
en aquel pueblo de Santaní.
Allí quedaba mi madrecita
ya muy viejita resa por mi.
Tan bien amada muy resignada
con hondas penas me vió partir.
I always remember a sad day
when I woke up and had to leave.
Behind remained grateful memories
in that town of Santaní.
My dear mother remained there
now very old, she prays for me.
Loved so much and very resigned
with great sorrow she watched me leave.
Of Colors
(Traditional)
De colores
(Tradicional)
The fields are dressed in colors
in the spring;
the birds that come from other places
are multi-colored;
the rainbow we see so brightly
is made of colors.
And that’s why I have a great love
for many colors.
for many colors.
The rooster sings, the rooster sings
with a cock-a-doodle-doo;
the hen, the hen
with a cluck, cluck, cluck;
the chicks, the chicks
with a peep, peep, peep.
for many colors.
for many colors.
De colores, de colores se visten
los campos en la primavera;
de colores, de colores son los pajarillos
que vienen de afuera;
de colores, de colores es el arco iris
que vemos lucir.
Y por eso los grandes amores
de muchos colores me gustan a mí.
Canta el gallo; canta el gallo
con el kiri, kiri, kiri, kiri, ki;
la gallina, la gallina
con el cara, cara, cara, cara, ca;
los polluelos, los polluelos
con el pío, pío, pío, pío, pi.
13
songbook
La bamba
(Tradicional)
Para bailar la bamba,
para bailar la bamba,
se necesita una poca de gracia.
Una poca de gracia pa’ ti, pa’ mí.
¡Ay! Arriba, y arriba.
¡Ay! Arriba, y arriba.
Por ti seré, por ti seré,
por ti seré.
Bamba, bamba.
Bamba, bamba.
Yo no soy marinero,
yo no soy marinero.
Soy capitán, soy capitán, soy capitán.
Bamba, bamba.
Bamba, bamba.
La Bamba
(Traditional)
In order to dance the bamba,
in order to dance the bamba,
you need a little bit of grace.
A little bit of grace for you, for me.
Oh! Get up, get up.
Oh! Get up, get up.
I will be for you, I will be for you,
I will be for you.
Bamba, bamba.
Bamba, bamba.
I am not a sailor,
I am not a sailor.
I’m a captain, I’m a captain, I’m a captain.
Bamba, bamba.
Bamba, bamba.
Noche de paz
(Tradicional)
Silent Night
(Traditional)
¡Noche de paz, noche de amor!
Todo duerme en derredor.
Entre los astros que esparcen su luz
bella anunciando al Niño Jesús,
brilla la estrella de paz,
brilla la estrella de paz.
Silent night, holy night.
All is calm, all is bright
‘round yon Virgin, Mother and Child,
Holy Infant so tender and mild.
Sleep in heavenly peace,
sleep in heavenly peace.
14
resources
Spanish names:
Adela
Adele
Dorotea
Dorothy
Adrián/Adriana
Adrian/Adrienne
Eduardo
Edward
Alberto
Albert
Elena
Helen, Ellen
Alejandro/Alejandra
Alexander/Alexandria
Emilio/Emilia
Emil/Emily
Alfredo
Alfred
Enrique/Enriqueta
Henry/Henrietta
Alicia
Alice
Esteban
Stephen
Amalia
Amelia
Fabián
Fabian
Ana/Anita
Anne, Anna/Anita
Federico
Frederick
Andrés/Andrea
Andrew/Andrea
Felipe
Phillip
Ángel/Angélica
Angel/Angela
Fermín
Fermin
Antonio/Antonia
Anthony/Antoinette
Fernando
Fernando
Bárbara
Barbara
Fidel
Fidel
Beatriz
Beatrice
Flor, Xóchitl
Flora
Benito/Benita
Benny/Benita
Francisco/Francisca
Frank/Francis
Benjamín
Benjamin
Gloria
Gloria
Bernardo
Bernard
Gregorio
Gregory
Brígida
Bridgette
Guadalupe
Guadalupe
Carina
Karen
Guillermo
William
Carlos/Carla
Charles/Carla
Gilberto
Gilbert
Carmen
Carmen
Irene
Irene
Carolina
Caroline
Isabel
Isabelle, Elizabeth
Catalina
Catherine
Jaime
James
Cecilia
Cecilia
Jacobo
Jacob
Celina
Celina
Javier
Xavier
Clara
Clara
Jesús
Jesus*, Jesse
Claudio/Claudia
Claude/Claudia
Jorge
George
Clemente
Clement
José/Josefina
Joseph/Josephine
Concepción, Consuelo
Connie
Juan/Juana
John/Jane
Cristóbal/Cristina
Christopher/Christine
Judith
Judith
Daniel/Daniela
Daniel/Danielle
Julia/Julieta
Julia/Juliette
David
David
Julián/Julio
Julian/Jules
Diana
Diana
Linda
Linda
Diego
James
Lourdes
Lourdes
* In Spanish-speaking countries, this is an acceptable and very common name for boys, especially for those born
on Christmas.
15
resources
Spanish names:
Dolores
Dolores
Lucas
Luke
Lucía, Luz
Lucy
Raimundo
Raymond
Luis/Luisa
Louis/Louise
Ramón/Ramona
Ramon/Ramona
Manuel
Manuel
Raquel
Rachel, Raquel
Marcos
Marcus, Mark
Raúl
Raul
Margarita
Margaret
Rebeca
Rebecca
Mario/María
Marion/Mary
Regina
Regina
Mariana
Marian, Mary Anne
Ricardo
Richard
Marisol
Marisol
Roberto
Robert
Marta
Martha
Rogelio
Roger
Martín
Martin
Rosa
Rose
Mateo
Matthew
Rosana
Roseanne
Matilde
Matilda
Rubén
Ruben
Mauricio/Mauricia
Maurice/Maureen
Samuel
Samuel
Miguel
Michael
Sara
Sarah
Moisés
Moses
Saúl
Saul
Mónica
Monica
Simón
Simon
Natalia
Natalie
Susana
Susanne
Nicolás
Nicholas
Teresa
Theresa
Nieves
Nieves
Timoteo
Timothy
Pablo
Paul
Tomás
Thomas
Patricio/Patricia
Patrick/Patricia
Valeria
Valerie
Paulina
Pauline
Vicente
Vincent
Pedro
Peter
Víctor/Victoria
Victor/Victoria
Pilar
Pilar
Viviana
Vivian
Rafael/Rafaela
Raphael, Ralph
Raphaella
16
resources
Vocabulary and Useful Phrases for Teachers / Vocabulario y frases útiles para maestros
Saludos y cortesías
Greetings and Courtesies
Hola.
Adiós.
Por favor.
Gracias.
Buenos días.
Buenas tardes.
Buenas noches.
¿Cómo te llamas?
Me llamo
.
¿Cuántos años tienes?
Tengo
años.
Hello.
Good-bye.
Please.
Thank you.
Good morning/day.
Good afternoon.
Good night/evening.
What is your name?
My name is
How old are you?
I am
years old.
Procedimientos en el salón de clase
Classroom Procedures
Voy a pasar lista.
Presente.
Está ausente.
Fórmense en fila.
Pónganse en sus grupos.
Escuchen.
Presten/Pongan atención.
Presta atención.
Guarden silencio, por favor.
Levanta la mano.
Un momento.
Siéntense.
Siéntate.
Es hora de ir a casa.
I’m going to call roll.
Present.
He/She is absent.
Line up.
Get into your groups.
Listen (to a group).
Pay attention (to a group).
Pay attention (to an individual).
Please be quiet (to a group).
Raise your hand (to an individual).
Just a minute.
Sit down (to a group).
Sit down (to an individual).
It’s time to go home.
En el salón de clase
In the Classroom
tablón de anuncios
el pizarrón/la pizarra
el gis/la tiza
el borrador
la repisa
el librero
el casillero
el escritorio/pupitre
la pared
la ventana
la puerta
la silla
la mesa
bulletin board
the chalkboard
the chalk
the eraser (chalkboard)
the shelf
the bookcase
the cubby
the desk/student desk
the wall
the window
the door
the chair
the table
17
.
resources
Vocabulary and Useful Phrases for Teachers / Vocabulario y frases útiles para maestros
En el salón de clase
In the Classroom
la bandera
el basurero
el libro
el lápiz
la goma
la pluma/el bolígrafo
el papel
la hoja de papel
los crayones
las tijeras
el pegamento
las pinturas
el cartoncillo
la cartulina
la plastilina
el barro/la arcilla
los marcadores
the flag
the garbage can
the book
the pencil
the pencil eraser
the pen
the paper
the piece of paper
the crayons
the scissors
the glue
the paints
the construction paper
the tagboard
the modeling clay
the clay
the markers
Seguridad Personal
Personal Safety
Caminen.
Camina.
¡Rápido!
¡Despacio!
Caminen en fila.
¡Cuidado!
Agárrense de las manos.
No empujen.
No empujes.
Párense.
Párate.
Walk (to a group).
Walk (to an individual).
Quickly!
Slowly!
Walk in line.
Careful!
Hold hands.
Don’t push (to a group).
Don’t push (to an individual).
Stop (to a group); also used to ask a
group to stand.
Stop (to an individual) or stand.
Elogios
Praise
Muy bien.
Mucho mejor.
Estás mejorando.
Excelente.
Very good.
Much better.
You’re improving.
Excellent.
18
resources
Los números
Numbers
Los números
Numbers
cero
zero
veintisiete
twenty-seven
uno*
one
veintiocho
twenty-eight
dos
two
veintinueve
twenty-nine
tres
three
treinta
thirty
cuatro
four
treinta y uno
thirty-one
cinco
five
treinta y dos (etc.)
thirty-two (etc.)
seis
six
cuarenta
forty
siete
seven
cuarenta y uno (etc.)
forty-one (etc.)
ocho
eight
cincuenta
fifty
nueve
nine
sesenta
sixty
diez
ten
setenta
seventy
once
eleven
ochenta
eighty
doce
twelve
noventa
ninety
trece
thirteen
cien
one hundred
catorce
fourteen
ciento uno
one hundred one
quince
fifteen
ciento dos (etc.)
one hundred two (etc.)
dieciséis
sixteen
doscientos
two hundred
diecisiete
seventeen
doscientos uno (etc.)
two hundred one (etc.)
dieciocho
eighteen
trescientos
three hundred
diecinueve
nineteen
cuatrocientos
four hundred
veinte
twenty
quinientos
five hundred
veintiuno
twenty-one
seiscientos
six hundred
veintidós
twenty-two
setecientos
seven hundred
veintitrés
twenty-three
ochocientos
eight hundred
veinticuatro
twenty-four
novecientos
nine hundred
veinticinco
twenty-five
mil
one thousand
veintiséis
twenty-six
un millón
one million
* Uno becomes un before a masculine singular noun: un libro. Uno becomes una before a feminine singular noun:
una mesa. Also, when counting a group of feminine objects, one uses una to begin counting.
19
resources
Términos matemáticos
Mathematical Terms
los números
el círculo
el cuadrado/el cuadro
el rectángulo
el triángulo
el óvalo
la regla
el gráfico
contar
sumar
restar
la recta
Dos más dos son cuatro.
Cinco menos tres son dos.
Dos por cuatro son ocho.
Ocho dividido por cuatro son dos.
numbers
the circle
the square
the rectangle
the triangle
the oval
the ruler
the graph
to contar
to add
to subtract
the number line
Two plus two equals four.
Five minus three equals two.
Two times four equals eight.
Eight divided by four equals two.
La hora
Telling Time
Es la una.
Es la una y media.
Son las tres.
Son las cinco y cuarto.
Son las dos y veinte.
Son las cuatro menos cinco. or
Faltan cinco para las cuatro.
It’s one o’clock.
It’s one-thirty.
It’s three o’clock.
It’s five-fifteen.
It’s two-twenty.
En la cafetería
In the Cafeteria
Es hora de almorzar.
Vamos a la cafetería.
la comida
el tenedor
la cuchara
el cuchillo
la servilleta
el vaso
el plato
la charola
el popote
la leche
el almuerzo
It’s time to eat lunch.
Let’s go to the cafeteria.
the food/dinner
the fork
the spoon
the knife
the napkin
the glass
the plate
the tray
the straw
the milk
the lunch/brunch
It’s five to four.
20
resources
En el patio de recreo
On the Playground
Es hora de ir al recreo.
Vamos al patio de recreo.
los columpios
la resbaladilla
las barras
la pelota
el bate
el juego
el partido
béisbol
fútbol
fútbol americano
baloncesto/basquetbol
la reata
jugar a “las traes”
jugar a la rayuela
jugar a las escondidillas
Vamos a seguir las reglas.
It’s time for recess.
Let’s go to the playground.
the swings
the slide
the monkey bars
the ball
the bat
the game
the ballgame
baseball
soccer
football
basketball
the jumprope
to play tag
to play hopscotch
to play hide and seek
Let’s follow the rules.
En el baño
In the Bathroom
Quiero ir al baño.
Ve al baño.
Jala la taza.
Lávense las manos.
Lávate las manos.
Usen jabón y agua.
Usa jabón y agua.
la toalla de papel
Tengo sed.
Ve a tomar agua.
I want to go to the bathroom.
Go to the bathroom.
Flush the toilet.
Wash your hands (to a group).
Wash your hands (to an individual).
Use soap and water (to a group).
Use soap and water (to an individual).
the paper towel
I am thirsty.
Get a drink of water.
La ropa
Clothing
la falda
la blusa
el vestido
los pantalones cortos
los pantalones
la camisa
los zapatos
el abrigo
las manoplas
los guantes
las botas
the skirt
the blouse
the dress
the shorts
the pants
the shirt
the shoes
the coat
the mittens
the gloves
the boots
21
resources
Grammar Highlights for Teachers
El abecedario / alfabeto - The Alphabet
The Spanish alphabet is composed of 30 letters. The rr, which is found only within words and never
at the beginning, was, until recently, the only letter which did not have its own separate entry in a
Spanish language dictionary (the letters ch and ll no longer have separate entries either but are now
alphabetized in with words beginning with c and l, respectively in newer reference works). The letters k and w are used with words of a foreign origin.
When separating syllables, the letters rr and ll are never separated as in English, both of these being
a singular letter.
In Spanish, all words are either masculine or feminine. Therefore, there are masculine and feminine
articles. The articles are also either singular or plural, depending on whether the noun is singular or
plural.
In looking at the alphabet, it is important to note that all of the letters are feminine. When one says
“the a” or “the w” in Spanish one says “la a” or “la w.”
Following is the Spanish alphabet with the names of the letters (some letters have more than one
name, depending on the location of the speaker):
A
B
C
Ch
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Ll
M
N
Ñ
O
P
Q
R
Rr
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
a
be, be grande (to distinguish it from v which is pronounced the same in many places)
ce (always pronounced like /s/ in a word before i or e in Latin America and like /k/ before
a, o, or u)
che
de
e
efe
ge (“soft” like /h/ before e and i, “hard” before a, o, and u)
hache (always silent in Spanish words)
i
jota
ka/ca
ele
elle, doble ele
eme
ene
eñe
o
pe
cu
ere (pronounced erre at the beginning of words and before the consonants l, n, and s)
erre
ese
te
u (not pronounced after q, or in gui or gue unless written with dieresis (ü))
ve, uve, ve chica (to distinguish it from b as described above)
doble u, doble ve, doble uve
equis
i griega, ye
zeta
22
resources
Notes on Pronunciation
Las vocales / Vowels
When vowels appear in words between consonants (not accompanied by another vowel), their sound
is “pure” and does not change except as noted for u in the alphabet chart. The sound is somewhat
short and clipped. It is not a prolonged sound such as is found in the pronunciation of most English
vowels.
Following is a brief pronunciation guide for Spanish vowels:
A
E
I
O
U
Y
ah (pronounced like the o in lot)
eh (pronounced like the e in bet, NOT like the ay in day)
like the English long e, but clipped short
like the English long o, but clipped short
like the u in Sue (except as otherwise noted in the alphabet chart),
but clipped short
when used as a vowel, like the Spanish i
When two vowels are written together in a Spanish word and they do not form two syllables, the
vowel group is called a diphthong. The normally “pure” sounds of the two vowels are blended into a
single syllable. Some examples follow, broken into syllables:
aunque : aun-que
bueno : bue-no
baila
: bai-la
siete : sie-te
ciudad : ciu-dad
gracias : gra-cias
agua : a-gua
Luis
: Luis
estudio : es-tu-dio
seis
: seis
Europa : Eu-ro-pa
cuatro : cua-tro
Las consonantes / Consonants
The consonants in Spanish are similar to those in English. Notes on their pronunciation follow:
B
C
Ch
D
F
G
H
J
K
L
Ll
M
N
Ñ
P
Q
R
like the English /b/
/s/ before e and i; /k/ before a, o, and u; (in Spain, like the th in thin before e and i)
like the ch in chair; in some places the sound is softer, almost like the sh in ship
similar to the th in that, but the tongue is behind the teeth and not between them
like the f in fish (in some places a little less aspirated)
/h/ before i and e; /g/ before a, o, and u
always silent in Spanish words
like the guttural ch in the Scottish word loch
like the English k, a little less aspirated
like the l in look
like the consonant y in English, in some places a little softer like the g in
deluge (giving the g a French-like pronounciation)
like the English m
like the English n, but the tongue touches the back of the upper front teeth
like ny in canyon
like the English p, but not aspirated
appears only before u, /k/ is its sound
trilled (or “rolled”) once; if one repeats the word “Teddy” several times in succession, one
comes close to the trilled r pronouncing the d sound
23
resources
Rr
S
T
V
W
X
Y
Z
trilled (or “rolled”) twice
/s/, but a little less aspirated
like the English t, but not aspirated; the tongue goes behind the upper front teeth
/b/ or /v/, depending on the location of the speaker; /b/ is more common
used in words of foreign origin, sometimes pronounced /v/, /b/, or /gw/,
depending on the location of the speaker
almost like ks in English (as in drinks), but much softer, the /k/ almost
disappearing; in words of Native American origin, i.e., México, its sound is /h/ or like the
sh in ship, i.e., Xola; in some words, especially when an i follows the x, it sounds like gs, i.e.,
exigir (egs-ee-heer); at the beginning of Spanish words, its sound is /s/
like the y in yellow; in some countries, like the g in deluge giving the g a French-like pro
nunciation; as a vowel its sound is the same as the Spanish i
/s/; in Spain, like the th in thin; not used before i or e except in words of foreign origin,
hence, when making words that end in z plural, one changes the z to a c (pez becomes
peces)
Linking in Spanish
When two identical consonants are together, they are pronounced as one consonant.
Examples:
es suave
Está con Nelson.
When two identical vowels are together, they are pronounced as one long vowel.
Examples:
Vamos a aprender.
¿Está Anita?
Juanito Ortiz
The final consonant sound is always linked with the next initial vowel sound of the next word.
Examples:
el arroz
¿Vas al concierto?
mis hermanas
The final vowel of one word is linked with the intial vowel sound of the following word to form one
syllable.
Examples:
habla español
las cosas de Ana
Contractions
There are two contractions in Spanish. When the words a (to or at) and el (the, masculine) come
together in a sentence, they become al. The same thing happens with de (of or from) and el. They
become del.
Information Regarding Verbs
Verbs in Spanish are quite different from verbs in English. Each pronoun group requires a different
conjugation of the verb. For this reason, subject pronouns are often omitted in Spanish because
the conjugation will generally clarify the subject of the verb. Subject pronouns are used mainly for
emphasis or in some rare instances where the structure of the sentence has made the identification
of the subject confusing.
24
resources
Following are the subject pronouns in Spanish with their English translations:
Yo / I
Tú / You (familiar, informal; used with friends or persons much younger than oneself )
Usted / You (formal; used with strangers, persons older than oneself, or to show special respect)
Él, Ella / He, She
Nosotros, Nosotras / We (masculine, feminine)**
Ustedes / You, plural (in Spain, vosotros is used for you, plural, informal; in most of the rest of the
Spanish-speaking world, ustedes is used for both formal and informal you, plural)
Ellos, Ellas / They (masculine, feminine)**
**Note: When talking about mixed company, the masculine forms are used. Feminine forms are
only used when talking about a group of persons comprised only of females.
Verb Endings
There are three verb endings in Spanish: - ar, - er, and - ir. Regular verbs with these endings
will always add the following conjugative endings to the stem of the verb in present tense:
- ar
yo
-o
tú
- as
usted, él, ella - a
nosotros (as)
vosotros (as)
ustedes, ellos (as)
- amos
- áis
- an
yo
-o
tú
- es
usted, él, ella - e
nosotros(as)
vosotros (as)
ustedes, ellos(as)
- emos
- éis
- en
yo
-o
tú
- es
usted, él, ella - e
nosotros(as)
vosotros(as)
ustedes, ellos(as)
- imos
- ís
- en
- er
- ir
Conjugation of Some Common Regular Verbs
The following are some common regular verbs conjugated in the present tense for your
reference:
cantar / to sing
Yo canto
Tú cantas
Usted, Él, Ella canta
Nosotros, Nosotras cantamos
Vosotros, Vosotras cantáis
Ustedes, Ellos, Ellas cantan
aprender / to learn
Yo aprendo
Tú aprendes
Usted, Él, Ella aprende
Nosotros, Nosotras aprendemos
Vosotros, Vosotras aprendéis
Ustedes, Ellos, Ellas aprenden
vivir / to live
Yo vivo
Tú vives
Usted, Él, Ella vive
Nosotros, Nosotras vivimos
Vosotros, Vosotras vivís
Ustedes, Ellos, Ellas viven
25
resources
Reflexive Verbs
Some verbs in Spanish are called reflexive verbs because they carry a direct object pronoun with
them upon whom the action is “reflected back.” We will be using many of these verbs throughout
the year. Following are two examples with translations into English given:
bañarse / to take a bath (or, in the literal reflexive sense, to bathe oneself )
me baño (literally, I bathe myself )
te bañas (you, familiar, bathe yourself )
se baña (you, formal, bathe yourself or he/she/it bathes him/her/itself )
nos bañamos (we bathe ourselves)
se bañan (you, plural, bathe yourselves or they bathe themselves)
llamarse / to be named, to be called
me llamo (literally, I call myself; the English equivalent is “my name is”)
te llamas (you call yourself; your name is)
se llama (it is called; your, singular, his, her, its name is)
nos llamamos (we call ourselves; our name is)
se llaman (they are called; your, plural, name is or their name is)
Radical or Stem-changing Verbs
Some verbs in Spanish are radical or stem-changing verbs. These verbs change their stems as well as
their endings when they are conjugated. Following are some common examples of these verbs conjugated in the present:
pensar / to think
Yo pienso
Tú piensas
Usted, Él, Ella piensa
Nosotros (as) pensamos
Vosotros (as) pensáis
Ustedes, Ellos (as) piensan
querer / to want, to wish, (also used in some cases for to love)
Yo quiero
Nosotros (as) queremos
Tú quieres
Vosotros (as) queréis
Usted, Él, Ella quiere
Ustedes, Ellos (as) quieren
tener / to have
Yo tengo
Tú tienes
Usted, Él, Ella tiene
Nosotros (as) tenemos
Vosotros (as) tenéis
Ustedes, Ellos (as) tienen
dormir / to sleep
Yo duermo
Tú duermes
Usted, Él, Ella duerme
Nosotros (as) dormimos
Vosotros (as) dormís
Ustedes, Ellos (as) duermen
26
resources
Rules for Spanish Accentuation
General Rules
With the exception of some special cases which are cited below, the rules outlined here apply.
Non-exceptional words in Spanish that do not follow these two rules will have a written accent mark
over the stressed syllable.
1. The stress of words that end in s, n, or a vowel is on the next to the last syllable.
Examples: casas
examen
muchacho
muchacha
These words need no accent marks because they all end in either s, n, or a vowel, and the
stressed syllable in each case is the next to the last.
Words like exámenes, están, and rápido need accent marks because they all end in
either s, n, or a vowel, and the stressed syllable in each case is not the next to the last.
2. The stress of words that end in a consonant other than s or n is on the last syllable.
Examples: ciudad
cantar
reptil
These words need no accent marks because they all end in a consonant other than s or n, and the
stressed syllable in each case is the last.
Words like lápiz, cráter, and béisbol need accent marks because they all end in a consonant other
than s or n, and the stressed syllable in each case is not the last.
Special Cases
Exceptional words in Spanish follow the rules for their specific cases which follow:
1. Accents are used to distinguish between homonyms.
Examples: tú (you)
más (more)
ésta (this, pronoun)
sí (yes or the pronoun)
but
but
but
but
tu (your)
mas (but)
esta (this, adjective)
si (if )
2. Interrogative (“question”) and exclamatory words are accented.
Examples: ¿Dónde está?
(Where is it?)
but
Está donde lo dejaste.
(It is where you left it.)
¿Qué hora es?
(What time is it?)
but
Lo que quiere es el gato.
(What he wants is the cat.)
¡Qué bonito es!
(How beautiful it is!)
and
Qué bonito es.
(Still accented even without
exclamation points.)
¿Cómo estás?
(How are you?)
and
Quiero saber cómo se hace.
(I want to know how to do it.)
¿Cuántos dulces tienes?
and
(How many candies do you have?)
Quiero saber cuánto.
(I want to know how much.)
27
resources
3. “Weak vowels” that should be stressed when they occur with strong vowels are accented.
In Spanish, the vowels i and u are “weak.” The vowels a, e, and o are considered “strong.” Thus,
when weak and strong vowels occur together in words, they are pronounced as diphthongs (or
triphthongs, as the case may be) unless the weak vowel is accented. In other words, the presence of
the strong vowel causes the two (or three) vowels to be pronounced together in a sort of “glide.” The
same thing is true of weak vowels that occur together.
Examples:
seis
pie
luego
Luis
agua
antiguo
farmacia
estudio
Cuauhtémoc
guau
In each case above, the two vowels together form a diphthong and the three vowels together form
a thriphthong. The vowels are not pronounced separately and do not constitute two (or three) syllables.
However, when two strong vowels are together in a word, they are each pronounced distinctly as
separate syllables. They need no accentuation.
Examples:
ninfea
canoa
maestro
If the weak vowel in a combination such as those presented above should be stressed in the word’s
pronunciation, then it must be accented. It then forms a syllable all on its own.
Examples:
país
cafetería
recibíais
continúa
frío
freír
Raúl
maíz
proteína
oír
The rules concerning weak and strong vowels still apply if the the vowels are separated by the silent
consonant h. Since it makes no sound, if the weak vowel is stressed, it must be accented, as witnessed by the spelling of the word below.
Example:
búho (pronounced boo • oh)
Another impact of these rules, taking into consideration what we know about how the last letter of
a word affects its accentuation, can be seen in the following examples. If two vowels come together
in the last syllable of a word that ends in s or n and the last syllable is the stressed syllable, the strong
vowel gets the accent mark if the pronunciation of the word preserves the glide of the diphthong.
Examples:
estéis
durmáis
habréis
dieciséis
4. Adjectives that are accented retain their accents when they add the suffix - mente to become
adverbs.
Examples:
rápidamente
fácilmente
28
resources
Spanish for Parents
Parents: This list is provided for use with your child(ren) around the house. Some approximate Spanish
letter pronunciations that should prove helpful to you follow:
a - An open vowel, similar to but shorter than a in the word ah.
e - Pronounced like the e in egg.
i - Like the e in easy, but not as prolonged.
o - Similar to the o in over.
u - Similar to the oo in spoon, not pronounced after q or in gui and gue unless marked
as follows: ü.
y - Pronounced like the Spanish i at the end of a word and when it stands alone as a
word that means and. Otherwise it is like the consonant y in English.
h - Always silent in Spanish.
c - Pronounced like k before a, o, and u; pronounced like s before e and i.
g - Pronounced like the English h before e and i, pronounced like the g in get before a,
o, and u.
English Phrase
Spanish Translation
Time to wake up, my daughter (son).
Make your bed.
I love you.
Have a great day.
Give me a hug.
Give me a kiss.
Clean your room.
Eat your food.
Please.
Do you need help?
Feed your dog.
Feed the animals.
Turn the T.V. off.
Do your homework.
Let’s make dinner together.
Time for bed.
How are you?
Say hello to him (her).
Give
a hug.
How are you doing in school?
What are you doing in school?
Do you have a problem?
It is your responsibility.
Take out the garbage.
Thank you.
Despierta, mi hijita (hijito).
Haz la cama.
Te quiero/Te amo.
Que tengas un buen día.
Dame un abrazo.
Dame un beso.
Limpia tu cuarto.
Cómete tu comida.
Por favor.
¿Necesitas ayuda?
Dale de comer a tu perro.
Dales de comer a los animales.
Apaga la televisión.
Haz tu tarea.
Vamos a hacer la comida juntos(as)*.
Acuéstate.
¿Cómo estás?
Salúdalo(a).
Dale un abrazo a (person’s name).
¿Cómo te va en la escuela?
¿Qué estás haciendo en la escuela?
¿Tienes un problema?
Es tu responsabilidad.
Tira la basura.
Gracias.
* If a mother is talking only to her daughter(s), the - as ending is used. If the father is speaking
or the mother is speaking to her son(s), the - os ending is used.
29
resources
Books and Other Materials
Northern Arizona University would like to extend thanks and sincere appreciation to the many publishers, companies, and individuals who granted us written permission to share their educational
materials with students and teachers participating in the educación española program. Their support is an important contribution to our instructional effort. Here is a list of these firms and their
materials for your use as resources and references. Some of the materials listed are not used on the
programs but are good resources for teachers to use in the classroom.
Américas Magazine c/o OAS
19th St. and Constitution Avenue
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 458-6218
Barbara Hogenson Agency
19 W. 44th Street, Suite 1000
New York, NY 10036
(212) 730-7306
• Frida’s Fiestas by Guadalupe Rivera and Marie-Pierre Colle, 1994, ISBN 0-517-59235-5.
• Special thanks also for permission to use this book to:
Clarkson N. Potter Publishing
201 East 50th Street
New York, NY 10022
(800) 733-3000
Children’s Book Press
246 First Street #101
San Francisco, CA 94105
(415) 995-2200
• Family Pictures/Cuadros de familia by Carmen Lomas Garza, 1990, ISBN 0-89239-108-1.
Childrens Press
5440 N. Cumberland Avenue, Suite 300
Chicago, IL 60056-1469
(800) 621-1115
• Azulín va a la escuela by Virginia Poulet, 1985 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-33416-6.
• El libro de colores de Azulín by Virginia Poulet, 1986 by Regensteiner Publishing
Enterprises, Inc., ISBN 0-516-33442-5.
• El año de Gato Galano by Donald Charles, 1989, 1984 by Regensteiner Publishing
• Gordito, Gordón Gato Galano by Donald Charles, 1988 by Regensteiner Publishing
• La luna, el sol y las estrellas by John Lewellen, 1984, 1981 by Regensteiner Publishing
• Los mayas by Patricia McKissack, 1988, 1985 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-51270-6.
• Los incas by Patricia McKissack, 1988, 1985 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-51268-4.
• México by Karen Jacobsen, 1984, 1982 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51632-X.
• Los tres chivitos by Patricia and Frederick McKissack, 1988, 1987 by Regensteiner
Publishing Enterprises, Inc., ISBN 0-516-52366-X.
• El patito feo by Patricia and Fred McKissack, 1989 by Regensteiner Publishing
30
resources
• Buenas noches, Gatito by Nancy Christensen, 1990 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-55354-2.
• ¿Quién es quién? by Patricia McKissack, 1989, 1983 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-32041-4.
• Mi casa by Patricia Jensen, 1990 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc., ISBN 0-516-35359-4.
• Un cuento curioso de colores by Joanne and David Wylie, 1984, 1983 by Regensteiner
Publishing Enterprises, Inc., ISBN 0-516-32939-9.
• Puedo ser un astronauta by June Behrens, 1984 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51837-2.
• Puedo ser bibliotecaria by Carol Greene, 1989 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51913-1.
• Puedo ser bombero by Rebecca Hankin, 1989 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51847-X.
• Puedo ser cocinero by Ann Heinrichs Tomchek, 1988 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-51886-0.
• Puedo ser conductor de camión by June Behrens, 1985 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises,
Inc., ISBN 0-516-51848-8.
• Puedo ser enfermera by June Behrens, 1988 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51893-3.
• Puedo ser jugador de béisbol by Carol Greene, 1986 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51845-3.
• Puedo ser maestra by Beatrice Beckman, 1989 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51843-7.
• Puedo ser un policía by Catherine Matthias, 1988 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc.,
ISBN 0-516-51840-2.
• La policía by Ray Broekel, 1984 by Regensteiner Publishing Enterprises, Inc., ISBN 0-51651643-9.
• ¿Quién dice? by Kirsten Hall and Jessica Flaxman, 1990, ISBN 0-516-55362-3.
Clarion Books
215 Park Avenue South
New York, NY 10003
(800) 387-7650
• The Sad Night, The Story of an Aztec Victory and a Spanish Loss by Sally Schofer Mathews, 1994,
ISBN 0-395-63035-5, PA ISBN 0-618.
Crabtree Publishing
350 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3308
New York, NY 10118
(800) 387-7650
• Peru: The People and the Culture by Bobby Kalman, 1994, ISBN 0-86505-222-0.
• Peru: The Land by Bobby Kalman, 1994, ISBN 0-86505-301-4.
• México: Su gente by Bobby Kalman, 1994, ISBN 0-86505-369-3.
• México: Su cultura by Bobby Kalman, 1994, ISBN 0-86505-370-7.
• México: Su tierra by Bobby Kalman, 1994, ISBN 0-86505-211-X.
Editorial Patria, S.A. de C.V.
Renacimiento 180
Colonia San Juan Tlihuaca
02400 México, D.F. México
Fax: 011-525-561-3218
• El campo y la ciudad by Luis Aboites, 1989, ISBN 968-39-0059-3.
• El chocolate by Luz del Carmen Vallarta, 1992, ISBN 968-39-0057-7.
• El Día de Muertos by Teresa E. Rohde, 1991, ISBN 968-39-0614-1.
• El mercado by Leticia Méndez, 1985, ISBN 968-39-0102-6.
• La piñata by Leticia Méndez, 1987, ISBN 968-39-0016-X.
• Las frutas by Eugenia Echeverría, 1992, ISBN 968-39-0006-2.
• Whose distributor for copies in the United States is:
Hispanic Books
1665 N. Grant Rd.
Tucson, AZ 85745
31
resources
Edizioni WHITESTAR
Via Candido Sassone 22/24
13100 Vercelli, Italy
• Spain by Fabio Bourbon, 1992, ISBN 0-8317-7962-4.
• Whose distributor for copies in the United States is:
SMITHMARK Publishers
112 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10016
Hammond, Inc.
515 Valley Street
Maplewood, NJ 07040
(201) 763-6000
• Aptitudes elementales sobre mapas by Alma Graham, 1991, ISBN 0-8437-7404-5.
Macmillan
A Simon & Schuster Macmillan Company
1633 Broadway
New York, NY 10003
• Planet Earth, A Macmillan World Atlas, 1997.
Modern Curriculum Press, Simon & Schuster Elementary
4350 Equity Drive
PO Box 2649
Columbus, OH 43216
(800) 321-3106
• El carrusel by Enriqueta Daddazio, © 1990, ISBN 0-8136-6527-2. Used by permission.
• La mariposa by Enriqueta Daddazio, © 1990, ISBN 0-8136-6503-5. Used by permission.
• Y la lluvia caía by Enriqueta Daddazio, © 1990, ISBN 0-8136-6507-8. Used by permission.
• El desfile de los animales by Barb Jansen, © 1995, ISBN 0-8136-8122-7. Used by permission.
• La piñata by Enriqueta Daddazio, © 1990, ISBN 0-8136-6517-5. Used by permission.
• ¡Seré mariachi! by Cecilia Ávalos, © 1991, ISBN 0-8136-6668-6. Used by permission.
National Geographic
1145 17th Street N. W.
Washington, D.C. 20036
(800) 638-4077
• National Geographic, December 1980, Volume 158, Number 6, pp. 704-775 (series of
articles on the Aztecs).
• Map of “Indians of North America,” supplement to National Geographic, December 1972,
Volume 142, Number 6, p. 739 A.
• Map of “Indians of South America,” supplement to National Geographic, March 1982,
Volume161, Number 3.
• Map of “Mexico,” supplement to National Geographic, September, 1994.
National Textbook Company
4255 West Touhy Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60646
(800) 323-4900
• La Navidad: Christmas in Spain and Latin America by Agnes M. Brady and Margarita Márquez
de Moats, 1986, ISBN 0-8442-7208-6.
Newbridge Educational Publishing
333 East 38th St., 10th Floor
New York, NY 10016
(212) 455-5071
• A ver al abuelito, by Bernice Myers, ISBN 1-56784-095-6, order number A03957.
• La casita del pajarito, by Donna Lugg Pape, ISBN 1-56784-099-9, order number A03965.
• ¡Vamos!, by Barbara Shook Hazen, ISBN 1-56784-093-1, order number A03961.
32
resources
Northland Publishing
PO Box 1389
Flagstaff, AZ 86002
(800) 346-3257
• Carlos and the Squash Plant by Jan Romero Stevens, illustrated by Jeanne Arnold,
published by Northland Publishing, © 1993. Used by permission.
Pomegranate Artbooks
PO Box 6099
Rohnert Park, CA 94927
(800) 227-1428
• Guatemala Rainbow, photographs by Gianni Vecchiato, 1989, ISBN 0-87654-444-8.
Rigby Education
PO Box 797
Crystal Lake, IL 60039-0797
(800) 822-8661
• Dibujando planos by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-57928.
• ¿Dónde vives tú? by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-57987.
• En mi casa by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-57863.
• En mi clase by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-57847.
• En el mundo by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-57901.
• En mi escuela by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-57889.
• La gallinita roja by Brenda Parkes and Judy Smith, 1989, ISBN 0-7327-0243-7
(Big Book ISBN 0-7312-1063-8).
• El hombrecito de pan jengibre by Brenda Parkes and Judy Smith, 1989, ISBN 0-7327-0245-3
(Big Book version ISBN 0-7312-1065-4).
• Mirando mapas by Bill Boyle, 1993, ISBN 04350-58002.
• Paquito y los frijoles mágicos by Brenda Parkes and Judy Smith, 1989, Big Book ISBN 07312-1066-2.
• El patito feo by Brenda Parkes and Judy Smith, 1989, ISBN 0-7327-0247-X.
• Siguiendo direcciones by Bill Boyle, 1991, ISBN 04350-57944.
• Los tres chivos vivos by Brenda Parkes and Judy Smith, 1989, Big Book ISBN 0-7327-0344-1.
• Los tres cochinitos by Brenda Parkes and Judy Smith, 1989, Big Book ISBN 0-7312-1066-2.
• Pistas de animales by David Drew, 1993, ISBN 0-7327-0406-5.
• Cuando hace frío by Pat Almada, 1993, ISBN 04350-58088.
• La historia de las escuelas by Jane Shuter, 1993, ISBN 04350-57790.
Saber ver Magazine
Campos Elíseos y Jorge Eliot
Colonia Polanco
11560 México, D.F., México
(525) 282-03-55
• Retrato de familia: La nación mexicana; photographs by Lourdes Almeida.
SITESA/MÉXICO
San Marcos 102, Col Tlalpan
14000 México, D.F. México
Fax: 011-525-573-9412
• Cómo son los animales bebés by Susan Kuchalla, 1987, ISBN 968-6135-07-3.
• Cómo son las estaciones del año by Rose Greydanus, 1989, ISBN 968-6048-03-0.
Tormont Publications, Inc.
338 Saint Antoine St. East
Montreal, Quebec
Canada H2Y 1A3
(514) 954-1441
• El gran atlas de los chicos, 1992, ISBN 2-89429-009-8.
33
resources
Troll Communications
140 N. Main
Tucson, AZ 85701
(520) 624-2335
• Growing Up in Aztec Times by Marion Wood, text copyright ©1994 Marion Wood,
illustrations copyright © 1994 Eagle Books, © 2001 Troll Associates ISBN 0-8167-2723-6
(lib. bdg.), ISBN 0-8167-2724-4 (pbk.).
World Book Publishing
525 W. Monroe Street, 20th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60661
(800) 621-8202 (Customer Service)
• Christmas in Mexico by Corinne Ross, 1995, ISBN 0-8442-7209-4.
• Christmas in Spain by Valjean McLenighan, 1995, ISBN 0-8442-7205-1.
• El mundo de los niños, Encyclopedias in Spanish for grades preschool - 6, ISBN 0-71666417-8.
• Caja de sorpresas, ed. by World Book, ISBN 07166-6057-1.
The Wright Group
19201 120th Avenue N.E.
Bothell, WA 98011-9512
(800) 523-2371
• La familia de los tigres by June Melser. Published by The Wright Group. ISBN 0-86867535-0.
• ¿Quién será mi mamá? by Joy Crowley. Published by The Wright Group. ISBN 0-86867471-0.
34
resources
For Your Computer
Sites on the World Wide Web
Visit us on the World Wide Web. Our address is http://jan.ucc.nau.edu/EE. We have information
about the products offered by educación española for teachers and parents which will further
enhance your journey into the Spanish language. From there, you can also experiment with the links
we have provided to other sites of interest. These sites offer maps, information about language, culture, food, history, and government, as well as travel information. There are also links to pages that
deal with indigenous cultures in Latin America.
Of course, the best part of all is that these same pages have their own links, so your travels can take
you almost wherever you want to go.
Enjoy!
35
lessons 1 - 10
lesson plan
1
Topics Covered:
Tips for Studying
History of Languages
Sounds of Spanish
Dialogue
Tips for Studying
Here are some pointers to help you study a foreign language.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Practice in sequence
Practice daily
Practice actively
Practice listening
Memorization
Proficiency
History of Languages
** Recommend to students that they fill out Lesson 1 Activity Sheet B while watching the
language history video segment.
People theorize that language developed at about the same time in a bunch of different places.
For this reason, there were originally different languages. Another thing that happened is that
people who spoke the same language and then split into different groups living apart from one
another developed their languages in different ways over the course of thousands of years.
Because languages developed in different places and are entirely different, we have what are
referred to as language families.
Each language family is a group of related languages with a common ancestor.
Languages in the same branch are sister languages.
Languages in different branches of the same family can be referred to as cousin languages.
Languages in the same family share many common grammatical features and many of the key
words, especially older words, show their common origin.
There are ten major language families in the world. They are:
The Indo-European Family, the Uralic Family, the Altaic Family, the Sino-Tibetan Family,
the Malayo-Polynesian Family, the Afro-Asiatic Family, the Caucasian Family, the Dravidian
Family, the Austro-Asiatic Family, the Niger-Congo Family, and a number of smaller language
families. The most widely spoken language in the world is Mandarin Chinese.
English is a member of the Indo-European family. It is most closely related to German and Dutch.
The language we are learning is a member of the Indo-European family. It is most closely related
to Portuguese, Italian, French, and Romanian. It is called Spanish by us, but all over the world many
Spanish speakers know it as Castillian or Castellano. We call it Spanish because it is from Spain,
of course. But within the country of Spain there are a number of different languages spoken.
39
lesson plan
1
Sounds of Spanish
Spanish is made up of sounds, most of which are similar to the sounds we use in English. And,
just like in English, Spanish uses the Roman alphabet. The only difference between the Spanish
alphabet and the English alphabet is that they have four more letters than we do.
The letters are “ch,” “ll,” “ñ,”and “rr.” The sounds in Spanish are a little bit different. Most of the
difference that you hear comes from the vowel sounds. The vowels in Spanish are the same as in
English: a, e, i, o, and u. But in Spanish they are pronounced a bit differently.
The letter a is pronounced like the letter “o” in the word hot. But the sound is short.
The letter e is like the sound of “e” in egg, only shorter.
The i sounds very different from our English version. It is almost like a shortened version of the
long e sound in English. Like the sound from the word eat.
The o sound is very much like the long o sound from English, only shorter. In English we glide
the sound o. In Spanish it is short.
Finally, the u. If you say this letter in English, u, then take the final sound and make it short, you
should have it.
Another thing is that some of the consonants are pronounced differently. The letters g, h, j, ll, ñ,
rr, and x all fall into this category.
The g is like our letter g when it comes in front of the letters a, o, and u, but it has a guttural
sound, coming from the throat, when it is in front of e and i. So, in a word like gato, or cat, you
can hear the familiar g sound of English. In words like gente, which means people, you can hear
the harsh h sound. You will also hear it in a word like gigante, or giant.
The h is silent. So in the word hospital, hospital you do not pronounce the h sound.
The j, or jota, is pronounced like an h in juego.
The ll doesn’t exist in English. It is pronounced like the letter y from yellow. So in the word llama,
like the animal llama, you hear the sound.
The ñ, the n with a tilde over the top, is pronounced like the ny sound from the word canyon.
So, the word ñoclo is pronounced ñoclo.
The rr is the trilled or rolled r. This sound doesn’t occur in English, so some people have to work
on this sound. You pronounce this sound whenever you see the rr, or when a single r is at the
beginning of a word. So, of course it is used in correo, or mail, but also in words like rosa, or rose.
The x sounds like an h in native words like México.
Dialogue
This is called a dialogue, or a conversation between two or more people.
Practice these as a way of working on vocabulary and pronunciation.
A: Hola. ¿Cómo está usted? (Hello. How are you?)
B: Estoy bien. Y usted, ¿cómo está? (I am fine. And you, how are you?)
A: Muy bien gracias. ¿Cómo se llama usted? (Very well, thanks. What is your name?)
B: Me llamo Roberto. Y usted, ¿cómo se llama? (My name is Robert. And you, what is your
name?)
A: Me llamo Susana. Mucho gusto. (My name is Susana. It’s a pleasure to meet you.)
B: El gusto es mío. (The pleasure is mine.)
40
1
gente
gigante
hospital
juego
llama
México
correo
rosa
people
giant
hospital
game
llama
Mexico
mail
pink, rose
from the alphabet segment:
aeroplano
bicicleta
casa
chicle
delfín
España
foto
gato
helado
iguana
jamón
kayac
leche
lluvia
maestro
nariz
ñandú
ojo
paz
queso
relámpago
perro
siesta
tambor
uvas
vela
wafle
xilófono
Yucatán
zanahoria
airplane
bicycle
house
bubble gum
dolphin
Spain
photo
cat
ice cream
iguana
ham
kayak
milk
rain
teacher (male)
nose
nandu (ostrich-like bird)
eye
peace
cheese
lightening
dog
nap
drum
grapes
sail
waffle
xylophone
Yucatan (region in southeast Mexico)
carrot
41
Spanish Speaking Countries & Their Capitals
Lesson 1 Activity Sheet A
nombre
Directions: Find the names of the capitals for each country and write them in the blank lines.
Cuba
Jamaica
República
Dominicana
Venezuela Guyana
Suriname
French Guiana
Colombia
Haiti Puerto Rico
Ecuador
México
Brazil
Perú
Belize
Guatemala
El Salvador
Costa Rica
Bolivia
Honduras
Paraguay
Nicaragua
Panamá
Argentina
Uruguay
Portug
al
Chile
South America
1. México
2. Guatemala
3. El Salvador
4. Honduras
5. Panamá
6. Nicaragua
7. Costa Rica
8. Cuba
9. Puerto Rico
10. República
Dominica
Europe
Central America / Caribbean
España
43
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Venezuela
Colombia
Perú
Chile
Argentina
Ecuador
Paraguay
Uruguay
Bolivia
20. España
Language Families for English & Spanish
Lesson 1 Activity Sheet B
nombre
Directions: Answer these questions about language
families based on the information presented in today’s lesson.
1. What are some of the terms
used to refer to related languages?
2. What is the most widely
spoken language in the world?
3. What language family does English belong to?
4. What languages are most closely related to English?
and
5. What languages are most closely related to Spanish?
,
,
and
Question for Consideration / Discussion:
What language(s) would you like to learn to speak and why?
45
Dialogue & Tips
Lesson 1 Activity Sheet C
nombre
Dialogue 1
Saludos
Directions: Practice the following dialogue out loud with a partner.
Have one person read Part A while the other person reads Part B.
Then switch parts with one another.
A: Hola. ¿Cómo está usted?
B: Estoy bien, gracias. Y usted, ¿cómo está?
A: Estoy bien, gracias. ¿Cómo se llama usted?
B: Me llamo Roberto. Y usted, ¿cómo se llama?
A: Me llamo Susana. Mucho gusto.
B: El gusto es mío.
!
Tips for Studying
Remember: Use the learning strategies you have seen so far to practice your Spanish
and learn your new vocabulary. Here are the strategies that were covered in class.
❂
Practice in sequence.
❂
Practice daily. It is important that you study every day so that you do not
Be sure to study things in the order that you are learning them.
forget the material.
❂
Practice actively. Be sure you sing the songs you learn, say the words that are
❂
Practice listening. Listen to Spanish music, or if you have radio or television in
❂
Memorize. Make flash cards when you have new words and spend a few
❂
Use the language. Be sure to speak to others and use the Spanish that you
new to you, and read out loud in Spanish so you can practice the sounds of the
language.
Spanish be sure to listen to it and see how much you understand.
minutes a day looking at your cards and memorizing the new words that have
been presented.
are learning, even if it is simply to say “hello.” Instead of saying “hi” in English, say
“hola” to your friends, en español!
47
lesson plan
2
Topics Covered:
Accenting Syllables
Accenting Syllables
The best way to find out how many syllables a word has is to clap the word and count how may
times you clap. For example, the word continent. Clap it out. Con • ti • nent. It has three syllables.
Knowing about syllables is important in Spanish because of the way words are stressed.
Stressing, or accenting the right syllable, can make a big difference in both English and Spanish.
If you stress the wrong syllable, it can make it difficult to understand what you are trying to say,
or it may change the meaning of the word. Here are the rules for accenting words in Spanish.
1. The stress of words that end in s, n, or a vowel is on the next to the last syllable.
Examples:
casas
examen
muchacho
muchacha
These words need no accent marks because they all end in either s, n, or a vowel, and the
stressed syllable in each case is the next to the last. Words like exámenes, están, and rápido
need accent marks because they all end in either s, n, or a vowel, and the stressed syllable in
each case is not the next to the last.
2. The stress of words that end in a consonant other than s or n is on the last syllable.
Examples:
ciudad
cantar
reptil
These words need no accent marks because they all end in a consonant other than s or n, and
the stressed syllable in each case is the last.
Words like lápiz, cráter, and béisbol need accent marks because they all end in a consonant
other than s or n, and the stressed syllable in each case is not the last.
Non-exceptional words in Spanish that do not follow these two rules will have a written accent
mark over the stressed syllable.
(If needed, please refer to “Rules for Spanish Accentuation” on page 27.)
49
2
casas
examen
exámenes
muchacho
muchacha
están
rápido
repitan
escuchen
pongan / presten atención
escriban
la letra
sí
no
hola
?
¿Cómo se dice
bicicleta
minuto
música
hospital
gigante
voto
regular
favor
elefante
hora
mayo
houses
exam / test
exams / tests
boy
girl
they are
fast
repeat
listen
pay attention
write
the letter
yes
no
hello
How do you say
bicycle
minute
music
hospital
giant
vote
regular
favor
elephant
hour
May
51
?
Common Phrases & Sounds
nombre
Here are some important classroom instructions that you will hear often.
Learn to recognize them by using them as frequently as you can.
Spanish
English
Repitan.
Escuchen.
Pongan/Presten atención.
Escriban.
Sí.
No.
Hola.
¿Cómo se dice
?
Repeat.
Listen.
Pay attention.
Write.
Yes.
No.
Hello.
How do you say
?
Pronunciation of letters
Directions: Practice the pronunciation of all of the letters of the Spanish alphabet. The
letter is on the left of each column and the phonetic spelling (the way the letter actually
sounds in Spanish) is on the right. Next, practice spelling your name out loud in Spanish for
a classmate using the phonetic sounds.
a
a
j
jota
rr
erre
b
be
k
ka
s
ese
c
ce
l
ele
t
te
ch
che
ll
elle
u
u
d
de
m
eme
v
ve
e
e
n
ene
w
doble u
f
efe
o
o
x
equis
g
ge
p
pe
y
i griega
h
hache
q
cu
z
zeta
i
i
r
ere
The Spanish alphabet includes two letters that are not part of the English alphabet: ñ and rr.
The ch (che) and ll (elle) were considered single letters in the alphabet until 1994 when the
Real Academia decided to eliminate them in order to accommodate the computer age.
However, we have included all of the letters for you to learn.
53
Sounds & Syllables
nombre
Listening to Sounds
Directions: Circle the correct sound as you hear the teacher pronounce it.
Example:
bo
be
ba
1.
la
le
lu
6. llama
chama
ama
2.
to
tu
te
7. carro
corro
come
3.
me
ma
mi
8. año
alo
ajo
4.
yo
ya
ye
9. elo
genio
año
5.
say
se
su
roto
jota
10. ka
Directions: Say the following words out loud and see if you can count the
number of syllables the word has.
Example:
bicicleta
Number of Syllables
4
11. minuto
12. música
13. hospital
14. gigante
15. voto
16. regular
17. favor
18. elefante
19. hora
20. mayo
55
lesson plan
3
Topics Covered:
Nouns in Spanish
Gender of Nouns
Plurals of Nouns
Articles
Nouns in Spanish
Nouns in Spanish are identified in the same way as nouns in English. A noun is a word that can
be a person, place, thing, animal, idea, or event. A noun that is not specific is called a common
noun. Some nouns refer to a specific person, place, thing, etc. These are called proper nouns.
Sometimes, nouns are made up of two or more words. These are referred to as compound nouns.
Gender of Nouns
One of the most important differences that we find in Spanish nouns is called gender. Gender
means that a word can be classified as masculine, feminine, or neuter. Do not confuse the terms
masculine and feminine with the biological terms used in English. Many nouns have a grammatical gender that is not related to any biological gender. Gender can often be determined by looking at the end of the noun.
General rules:
Feminine Endings
-a
la casa, la biblioteca
house, library
- dad, - tad
la ciudad, la libertad
city, liberty
-z
la nariz
nose
- ión, - ción
la reunión, la nación
meeting, nation
- umbre
la costumbre
custom
- ie
la especie
species
-l
el papel
paper
-o
el libro
book
-n
el jardín
garden
-e
el parque
park
-r
el dolor
pain
-s
el interés
interest
Masculine Endings
57
lesson plan
3
Plurals of Nouns
Another issue that we talk about when we discuss nouns is called number. As it suggests, this
means whether a noun is referring to one or more than one of a certain thing. In English, we
form plurals by putting an s at the end of the noun. In Spanish it’s pretty simple, if a word ends in
a vowel, add an “s,” if it ends in a consonant, add an “es.”
If the noun ends in a vowel, add - s.
Examples: libro + s = libros
silla + s = sillas
If a noun ends in a consonant, add – es to make it plural.
Examples: ciudad + es = ciudades
borrador + es = borradores
If a noun ends in – ión, add – es and drop the accent.
Examples: el avión = los aviones
la televisión = las televisiones
If a noun ends in – z, change the z to c, and add – es.
Examples: el lápiz = los lápices
la actriz = las actrices
The definite articles (el, la) also change in the plural form.
Examples: el libro = los libros
la ciudad = las ciudades
Articles
In Spanish, there are eight articles depending on whether the noun is singular or plural, whether
it is masculine or feminine, and whether you are using the definite or indefinite article. The article
matches the gender and the number of the noun.
Here are the rules of Spanish articles.
Definite Articles
Indefinite Articles
el is the singular, masculine article
el muchacho
the boy
un is the singular, masculine article
un muchacho
a boy
la is the singular, feminine article
la muchacha
the girl
una is the singular, feminine article
una muchacha
a girl
los is the plural, masculine article
los muchachos
the boys
unos is the plural, masculine article
unos muchachos
some boys
las is the plural, feminine article
las muchachas
the girls
unas is the plural, feminine article
unas muchachas
some girls
Remember that el, la, los, and las all mean “the” and un, una, unos, and unas all mean
“a,” “an,’” and “some.”
58
3
abuelo
acción
actriz
anís
árbol
auto
biblioteca
bicicleta
borrador
cartón
casa
certidumbre
ciudad
comal
contador
conversación
cortinaje
costumbre
delicadez
dolor
elefante
especie
expansión
favor
gato
guitarra
habilidad
habitación
hermana
hora
institución
interés
jardín
lápiz
libertad
grandfather
action
actress
anise
tree
car
library
bicycle
eraser
carton
house
certainty
city
clay plate for cooking tortillas
accountant
conversation
curtains
custom
weakness
pain
elephant
species
expansion
favor
cat
guitar
capability, cleverness
room
sister
hour
institution
interest
garden
pencil
liberty
59
libro
maestro
maestra
manzana
mapa
mayo
mesa
minuto
muchacha
muchachas
muchacho
muchachos
música
nación
nariz
oficina
olor
orbe
papel
parque
perro
pluma
professor
reglaje
regular
reunión
roca
rosa
segundo
silla
sobrino
tendón
universidad
verificación
voto
book
teacher (male)
teacher (female)
apple
map
May
table
minute
girl
girls
boy
boys
music
nation
nose
office
smell
orb
paper
park
dog
feather, pen
professor
adjustment
regular
meeting
rock
pink, rose
second
chair
nephew
tendon
university
verification
vote
Spanish / English Cognates
!
nombre
Remember that cognates are words in different languages that are spelled
somewhat the same, have the same meaning, and share a similar sound.
Directions: Match the Spanish cognate on the left with the English word on the right.
1. acción
hour
2. música
office
3. regular
second
4. bicicleta
action
5. voto
minute
6. favor
rock
7. guitarra
May
8. oficina
regular
9. segundo
elephant
10. minuto
bicycle
11. hora
rose
12. rosa
vote
13. mayo
favor
14. elefante
guitar
15. roca
music
61
Understanding Nouns
nombre
Dialogue 1
Saludos
Directions: Practice the dialogue from the Lesson 1 Activity Sheet C with a classmate.
Be sure to change roles after you have practiced it once.
English Nouns
A noun is a person, place, thing, animal, idea or event.
Directions: Circle all of the nouns in the following English sentences.
1. Mary is a student at my school.
2. The girl who lives in the white house has a dog.
3. My brother gave George a new computer for his birthday.
4. My family visited Disneyland last year.
5. My teacher gives her students a lot of homework.
Spanish Nouns
!
Nouns in Spanish have gender. This means they are identified as either masculine
or feminine. The following chart gives general rules for identifying the gender of
nouns based on how the word ends.
Masculine Endings
Feminine Endings
-l
-o
-n
-e
-r
-s
-a
- dad, - tad
-z
- ión, - ción
- umbre
- ie
el papel
el libro
el jardín
el parque
el dolor
el interés
la casa, la biblioteca
la ciudad, la libertad
la nariz
la reunión, la nación
la costumbre
la especie
These rules are generally true, although there are some exceptions.
63
Gender of Nouns
nombre
Directions: Use the chart from Lesson 3 Activity Sheet B to determine the correct answer.
Circle your answer.
1. Which word is masculine?
a. casa
b. pluma
c. libro
d. mesa
c. abuelo
d. jardín
c. maestra
d. unversidad
c. habilidad
d. olor
c. tendón
d. delicadez
2. Which word is feminine?
a. muchacho
b. hermana
3. Which word is masculine?
a. institución
b. árbol
4. Which word is feminine?
a. anís
b. sobrino
5. ¿Cuál es la palabra femenina?
a. reglaje
b. perro
Directions: Write the word “masculine” or “feminine” on the line next to the noun.
Ejemplos: perro
vaca
masculine
feminine
6. gato
11. comal
7. orbe
12. certidumbre
8. pluma
13. cartón
9. cortinaje
14. contador
10. expansión
15. verificación
65
Plural Forms of Nouns
Lesson 3 Activity Sheet D
nombre
To make a noun plural:
If the noun ends in a vowel, add - s.
ejemplos: libro + s = libros
silla + s = sillas
If a noun ends in a consonant, add – es to make it plural.
ejemplos: ciudad + es = ciudades
borrador + es = borradores
If a noun ends in – ión, add – es and drop the accent.
ejemplos: el avión = los aviones
la televisión = las televisiones
If a noun ends in – z, change the z to c, and add – es.
ejemplos: el lápiz = los lápices
la actriz = las actrices
The definite articles (el, la) also change in the plural form.
ejemplos: el libro = los libros
la ciudad = las ciudades
Directions: Circle the correct plural form of each word.
1. el libro
a. los libroes
b. los libros
2. la habitación
a. las habitaciones
b. las habitaciónes
3. el lápiz
a. los lápices
b. los lápizes
4. el árbol
a. los árbols
b. los árboles
5. la silla
a. las sillas
b. las sillaes
6. la pluma
a. las plumaes
b. las plumas
7. el profesor
a. los profesors
b. los profesores
8. la actriz
a. las actrizes
b. las actrices
67
Articles
Lesson 3 Activity Sheet E
nombre
Definite Articles
In English the definite article is “the.” In Spanish, the indefinite article has four forms,
depending on whether the noun is masculine, feminine, singular or plural.
ejemplos: the dog (male) = el perro
the apple = la manzana
the books = los libros
the cats (female) = las gatas
Directions: Match the correct definite article on the left with the noun on the right.
Remember to pay attention to the gender and number of the noun.
Definite Article
1.
2.
3.
4.
las
el
los
la
Noun
libros
casa
canciones
muchacho
Indefinite Articles
In English, the indefinite articles are the words “a,” “an,” or “some.” In Spanish, the indefinite
article has 4 forms, depending on whether the noun is masculine, feminine, singular or plural.
ejemplos: a dog (male) = un perro
an apple = una manzana
some books = unos libros
some cats (female) = unas gatas
Directions: Circle the correct translation of each word provided.
5. an apple
a. una manzana
b. unos manzanas
c. un manzana
d. unas manzanas
b. un perro
c. unas perras
d. unos perros
b. unos conversaciones
c. una conversación
d. unas conversaciones
b. un casa
c. unos casas
d. unas casas
6. some dogs (male)
a. una perra
7. a conversation
a. un conversación
8. some houses
a. una casa
69
lesson plan
4
Topics Covered:
Capitalization in Spanish
Punctuation in Spanish
Numbers in Spanish from 0 to 20
Capitalization in Spanish
Most of the rules for capitalization are just about the same for English and Spanish. Capitalize all
proper nouns and capitalize the first word of a sentence. The main differences in Spanish are that
the days of the week and months of the year are not capitalized because they are not considered
proper nouns. Also, only the first word in a title, of a book or movie, for example, is capitalized.
Punctuation in Spanish
Punctuation marks are much like those of English with a few exceptions. The upside down
question mark (¿) occurs at the beginning of every sentence that is a question. The same thing
happens with an exclamation point (¡).
The period only comes at the end of a sentence. Also, you won’t find any apostrophes in Spanish
because possessive nouns are not made the same as in English. Also, they only make two
contractions and those do not have apostrophes. Quotation marks also look different, like this:
<<¿Cómo está?>>
Numbers in Spanish from 0 to 20
The numbers from 0 to 10:
cero
uno
dos
tres
cuatro
cinco
zero
one
two
three
four
five
seis
siete
ocho
nueve
diez
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
Just as in English, after the number ten, the system of naming numbers gets a little different.
Numbers eleven to fifteen all end with ce, like this:
once
doce
trece
catorce
quince
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
From sixteen to nineteen there is a definite pattern. For example, the number sixteen is
ten and six, or dieciséis.
dieciséis
diecisiete
sixteen
seventeen
71
lesson plan
dieciocho
diecinueve
4
eighteen
nineteen
The number twenty will just have to be memorized. It is veinte.
72
4
cero
uno
dos
tres
cuatro
cinco
seis
siete
ocho
nueve
diez
once
doce
trece
catorce
quince
dieciséis
diecisiete
dieciocho
diecinueve
viente
zero
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
73
Definite & Indefinite Articles
nombre
You have learned that in Spanish you must be aware of the gender of the words.
Words can be masculine or feminine and Spanish has definite and indefinite articles
that agree in gender and number (plural or singular) with the word.
Directions: In English, the definite article is “the.” Write the correct form of the
DEFINITE articles in Spanish (el, la, los, las) next to the following words:
1.
dinero
9.
dineros
2.
moneda
10.
monedas
3.
muchacho
11.
muchachos
4.
muchacha
12.
muchachas
5.
música
13.
músicas
6.
árbol
14.
comales
7.
expansiones
15.
anís
8.
delicadez
16.
cartones
Directions: In English, the indefinite articles are “a,”“an,” and “some.” Write the correct
form of INDEFINITE articles in Spanish (un, una, unos, unas) next to the following words:
17.
casa
22.
casas
18.
biblioteca
23.
bibliotecas
19.
libro
24.
libros
20.
nación
25.
naciones
21.
papel
26.
papeles
75
The Numbers 0 - 20 / Los números 0 - 20
nombre
Directions: Match Column B with the correct number in Column A.
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
B
veinte
cinco
dieciocho
cero
once
diez
uno
dieciséis
dos
diecinueve
tres
nueve
ocho
doce
cuatro
trece
quince
siete
catorce
seis
diecisiete
6
1
10
2
13
18
5
14
17
3
19
8
15
4
11
16
7
12
9
0
20
Oral Practice: Answer the following questions with one of your classmates.
Be sure to say the numbers in Spanish.
22. How old are you?
23. What is your phone number?
24. How many months are there in a year?
25. How many days are there in a week?
26. What is your favorite number?
Think of some questions that are answered with numbers to ask your classmates.
77
Números 1 - 20
nombre
Directions: Determine the number of sides each figure has and circle the correct Spanish number.
1. nueve
once
cinco
ocho
3. siete
cinco
tres
cuatro
2. ocho
diez
tres
cuatro
4. siete
once
cinco
seis
Directions: Write out the correct answer to the following math problems in Spanish.
Ejemplos: 10 - 2 =
ocho
5. 15 + 4 =
12. 4 + 3 =
19. 4 x 2 =
6. 0 x 1 =
13. 2 x 9 =
20. 20 ÷ 2 =
7. 8 – 6 =
14. 10 + 3 =
21. 1 – 0 =
8. 15 ÷ 5 =
15. 18 – 6 =
22. 2 x 2 =
9. 3 x 2 =
16. 10 – 5 =
23. 13 – 2 =
10. 11 + 3 =
17. 10 + 3 =
24. 1 – 0 =
11. 10 - 5 =
18. 20 - 7 =
25. 12 - 3 =
79
Addition (más) & Subtraction (menos)
nombre
Directions: Calculate the sum or difference. Write your answer in Spanish.
Ejemplo: Diecisiete aviones menos cuatro aviones son
trece aviones
1. Diez plumas menos una pluma son
.
.
2. Quince manzanas más una manzana son
.
3. Veinte libros menos seis libros son
.
4. Doce borradores menos cuatro borradores son
5. Tres perros más dos perros son
.
.
6. Catorce gatos menos cero gatos son
.
7. Cinco profesores menos cuatro profesores es
.
8. Diecinueve lápices más un lápiz son
.
9. Trece papeles menos trece papeles es
.
10. Dieciocho sillas menos siete sillas son
.
81
lesson plan
5
Topics Covered:
Numbers in Spanish up to 100
Subject pronouns in Spanish
How to be Polite in Spanish
Dialogue
Numbers in Spanish up to 100
The numbers up to 100 are very easy. It is very systematic and similar to the number system in
English. In English, we say the numbers like this, 21, 22, 23, 24, etc. So, we say the number in the
ten’s spot, then the number in the one’s spot. Another thing that we see is that the numbers in
the ten spot are related to the single digits, with the ending –ty. So, 2 becomes 20, 3 becomes 30,
etc. So if you have 7 tens and 5 ones, you say the number as seventy-five. Now, in Spanish, ten is
diez and twenty is veinte. Veinte doesn’t have any obvious connection with dos, but the rest of
the numbers have a pattern.
Tres tens, becomes treinta
Cuatro becomes cuarenta
Cinco becomes cincuenta
In Spanish the tens end with – ente or – enta.
Here are all the tens places in Spanish:
diez
veinte
treinta
cuarenta
cincuenta
sesenta
setenta
ochenta
noventa
ten
twenty
thirty
forty
fifty
sixty
seventy
eighty
ninety
Now, to identify any number 0 to 99, say the number from the tens, use the word for and, which is
“y,” and say the number of ones. For example, to say thirty-one, you say the number for 30, treinta,
and the word and, “y,” and the number one, uno. Put them all together and you get treinta y uno.
Lastly, the word for 100 is cien.
Subject Pronouns
Subject means we are going to use this in the subject part of a sentence. The subject is the person or thing that performs the action. A pronoun is a word used in place of a noun, such as I, you,
he, she, it, we, and they. When we talk about subject pronouns, we refer to something called person. We have the first person, I, the second person, you, and the third person, he, she, or it. These
are all singular. We also have plural subject pronouns. Plural first person would be we. Second
person plural would be you. The third person plural would be they. The Spanish language also
has subject pronouns which are similar to those of English, but with some differences.
83
lesson plan
5
Subject Pronoun Chart
First person singular:
Second person singular:
Third person singular:
First person plural:
Second person plural:
Third person plural:
yo
tú
él (male)
nosotros (male & female)
vosotros (male & female)
ellos (male & female)
ella (female)
nosotras (female)
vosotras (female)
ellas (female)
How to be Polite in Spanish
Usted is the formal, or polite way of saying you, instead of using the familiar subject pronoun tú.
For the plural form of usted, use ustedes. Both usted and ustedes are considered third person.
When to use the formal or familiar form:
The teacher:
The principal:
Brother or sister:
A stranger:
Someone younger than you:
The president:
formal
formal
familiar
formal
familiar
formal
It is always better to use the usted form in conversation unless you are familiar with the person
to whom you are speaking.
Dialogue
This one is called La entrevista or The Interview. The first person is a teacher who knows the
second speaker from a class. The second speaker is a young student.
A:
B:
¿Cómo está usted? (How are you [formal]?)
Estoy bien, gracias. Y tú, ¿cómo estás? (I am fine, thank you.
And you [informal] how are you?)
A:
B:
Estoy bien, gracias. (I am fine thank you.)
¿Qué lees? (What are you reading?)
A:
B:
Leo un libro de historia. (I am reading a history book.)
¿Estudias historia en la escuela? (Do you study history in school?)
A:
B:
Sí. Estudio historia y matemáticas básicas. (Yes. I study history and basic math.)
¿Qué estudia tu hermano? (What does your brother study?)
A:
B:
Mi hermano estudia ciencias sociales y educación física en la universidad.
(My brother studies social sciences and physical education in the university.)
¿Dónde vive tu hermano? (Where does your brother live?)
A:
B:
Él vive en Salamanca. (He lives in Salamanca.)
¿Y dónde viven tus padres y tú? (And where do your parents and you live?)
A:
Nosotros vivimos en una casa pequeña en Madrid.
(We live in a small house in Madrid.)
84
5
yo
tú
él
ella
nosotros
nosotras
vosotros
vosotras
ellos
ellas
estudia
hablo
comen
nadamos
cada
día
cantáis
usted
ustedes
Mucho gusto.
I
you (informal)
he
she
we (all men or mixed group)
we (all women)
you all, informal (all men or mixed group)
you all, informal (all women)
they (all men or mixed group)
they (all women)
he studies
I speak
they eat
we swim
each
day
you all, informal singular
you, formal
you all, formal
Much pleasure. (It’s nice to meet you.)
85
More Numbers 0 - 100
nombre
Números:
0
cero
1
uno
26
veinte y seis
51
cincuenta y uno
76
setenta y seis
2
dos
27
veinte y siete
52
cincuenta y dos
77
setenta y siete
3
tres
28
veinte y ocho
53
cincuenta y tres
78
setenta y ocho
4
cuatro
29
veinte y nueve
54
cincuenta y cuatro
79
setenta y nueve
5
cinco
30
treinta
55
cincuenta y cinco
80
ochenta
6
seis
31
treinta y uno
56
cincuenta y seis
81
ochenta y uno
7
siete
32
treinta y dos
57
cincuenta y siete
82
ochenta y dos
8
ocho
33
treinta y tres
58
cincuenta y ocho
83
ochenta y tres
9
nueve
34
treinta y cuatro
59
cincuenta y nueve
84
ochenta y cuatro
10
diez
35
treinta y cinco
60
sesenta
85
ochenta y cinco
11
once
36
treinta y seis
61
sesenta y uno
86
ochenta y seis
12
doce
37
treinta y siete
62
sesenta y dos
87
ochenta y siete
13
trece
38
treinta y ocho
63
sesenta y tres
88
ochenta y ocho
14
catorce
39
treinta y nueve
64
sesenta y cuatro
89
ochenta y nueve
15
quince
40
cuarenta
65
sesenta y cinco
90
noventa
16
dieciséis
41
cuarenta y uno
66
sesenta y seis
91
noventa y uno
17
diecisiete
42
cuarenta y dos
67
sesenta y siete
92
noventa y dos
18
dieciocho
43
cuarenta y tres
68
sesenta y ocho
93
noventa y tres
19
diecinueve
44
cuarenta y cuatro
69
sesenta y nueve
94
noventa y cuatro
20
veinte
45
cuarenta y cinco
70
setenta
95
noventa y cinco
21
veinte y uno
46
cuarenta y seis
71
setenta y uno
96
noventa y seis
22
veinte y dos
47
cuarenta y siete
72
setenta y dos
97
noventa y siete
23
veinte y tres
48
cuarenta y ocho
73
setenta y tres
98
noventa y ocho
24
veinte y cuatro
49
cuarenta y nueve
74
setenta y cuatro
99
noventa y nueve
25
veinte y cinco
50
cincuenta
75
setenta y cinco
100
2
1 3
87
cien
Diálogo y números
nombre
Dialogue 2
La entrevista
Directions: Practice the following dialogue out loud with a partner. Have one person
read Part A while the other person reads Part B. Then switch parts with one another.
A: ¿Cómo está usted?
B: Estoy bien, gracias. Y tú, ¿cómo estás?
A: Estoy bien, gracias.
B:
¿Qué lees?
A: Leo un libro de historia.
B: ¿Estudias historia en la escuela?
A: Sí. Estudio historia y matemáticas básicas.
B: ¿Qué estudia tu hermano?
A:
Mi hermano estudia ciencias sociales y educación física en la universidad.
B: ¿Dónde vive tu hermano?
A: Él vive en Salamanca.
B: ¿Y dónde viven tus padres y tú?
A: Nosotros vivimos en una casa pequeña en Madrid.
Números
Directions: Write out the number shown in Spanish.
Ejemplo: 10
diez
1. 20
4. 50
7. 70
2. 7
5. 4
8. 8
3. 27
6. 54
9. 78
89
Subject Pronouns & Forms of Address
nombre
Directions: Draw a line from the correct subject pronoun in Spanish to the one in English.
Spanish
English
1. yo
we
2. ella
they (masculine)
3. tú
you (formal)
4. él
you all (formal)
5. usted
you (informal)
6. ellas
I
7. nosotros
she
8. vosotros
you all (informal)
9. ellos
they (feminine)
10. ustedes
he
Formal or Informal? With each of the following people, write down whether
you would use tú (the informal you) or usted (the formal you) to address them.
Ejemplo: your teacher:
usted
11. your brother:
12. your principal:
13. your sister:
14. your best friend:
15. a stranger:
16. the president:
17. your classmate:
18. your grandfather:
91
lesson plan
6
Topics Covered:
Verb Tenses
Verb Tenses
Tense means the time that the verb, or action, takes place. This could be the past, the present, or
the future.
Conjugating – ar Verbs
There are some things that are done in Spanish that are a little different from what is done in
English. In English, the only way that a verb is conjugated is by changing the ending in third
person singular. In Spanish, the end of the verb changes for each of the persons talked about
(I, you, he, she, it, we, they). Different endings are put on for the different persons.
Here are some rules of grammar for conjugating – ar verbs:
Get the stem of the verb by removing the – ar ending.
For example, hablar becomes habl the first person, yo, gets an – o
the second person, tú, gets an – as
the third person, él or ella, gets an – a
the first person plural gets an – amos
the second person plural gets an – áis
the third person plural, ellos or ellas, gets an – an
hablar / to speak
Yo hablo español.
Tú hablas español.
Él/Ella habla español.
Nosotros hablamos español.
Vosotros habláis español.
Ellos hablan español.
In many parts of the Spanish-speaking world, the people do not use the second person plural
vosotros. Whenever they are speaking to a group of people they use the ustedes. Again, it is
better to be too polite than too familiar.
93
6
bailar
caminar
cantar
clase
comprar
entrar
escuchar
estudiar
hablar
llevar
mirar
preparar
saludar
tocar
trabajar
visitar
to dance
to walk
to sing
class
to buy
to enter
to listen
to study
to speak
to take, to carry
to look at, to watch
to prepare
to greet
to touch, to play (a musical instrument)
to work
to visit
95
nombre
Many verbs in Spanish end in - ar (trabajar = to work, bailar = to dance,
estudiar = to study). This form of the verb is called the infinitive. Remember
that in Spanish each one of the subject pronouns has its own verb ending.
Study the following verb chart and practice saying each verb form out loud.
The stem of the verb is the infinitive minus the - ar.
Ejemplo:
hablar = habl
bailar = bail
trabajar = trabaj
preparar = prepar
- ar verb chart
hablar / to speak
Subject
Pronoun
Stem
Subject
Pronoun
Stem
+ Ending =
yo
habl
-o
hablo
nosotros
habl
- amos
hablamos
tú
habl
- as
hablas
vosotros
habl
- áis
habláis
el/ella/
Usted
habl
-a
habla
ellos/ellas/
Ustedes
habl
- an
hablan
+ Ending = Present Tense
Present Tense
Regular verbs like the ones below will always follow the pattern that you see above.
visitar
cantar
comprar
tomar
=
=
=
=
to visit
to sing
to buy
to drink
escuchar
estudiar
caminar
saludar
=
=
=
=
to listen
to study
to walk
to greet
mirar =
llevar =
tocar =
to look at
to take
to touch, to play (guitar)
Directions: Match and draw a line to the correct conjugation with the subject pronoun.
Subject Pronoun
Verb Conjugation
1. yo
hablan
2. él
habláis
3. nosotros
hablas
4. ellos
hablamos
5. tú
hablo
6. vosotros
habla
97
nombre
Directions: Write the stems of the verbs below.
1. escuchar
6. llevar
2. trabajar
7. comprar
3. mirar
8. caminar
4. cantar
9. tocar
5. estudiar
10. saludar
Directions: Write the - ar endings for each of the subject pronouns below.
11. usted
16. vosotros
12. ellas
17. tú
13. ella
18. nosotros
14. ustedes
19. yo
15. ellos
20. él
Directions: Write the correct form for each person for the verbs below.
21. bailar stem
22. él
24. yo
26. ellos
23. tú
25. vosotros
27. nosotros
29. usted
31. tú
33. ella
30. ellas
32. vosotros
34. yo
36. nosotros
38. ustedes
40. él
37. ella
39. ellos
41. yo
28. caminar stem
35. mirar stem
99
Verbs that end in - ar
nombre
Directions: Below is a list of verbs, study them for use in this activity.
preparar = to prepare
saludar = to greet
cantar = to sing
visitar = to visit
bailar = to dance
estudiar = to study
hablar = to speak
escuchar = to listen
Directions: Translate the English on the left into the Spanish on the right.
Write the number of the correct answer from the left column in the blank on the right.
1. I sing
usted prepara
2. he dances
ellos visitan
3. you study (informal)
yo canto
4. we speak
nosotros hablamos
5. they visit
él baila
6. you prepare (formal)
tú estudias
Extra Credit:
Directions: Write the correct conjugations for the following subject pronouns and verbs.
7. Yo (cantar):
8. Tú (estudiar):
9. Nosotros (hablar):
10. Ellos (entrar):
11. Ella (hablar):
101
lesson plan
7
Topics Covered:
Conjugating - er Verbs
Using Adjectives
Conjugating - er Verbs
Verbs with the – ar or – er on the end are called the infinite. The infinitive in English is when we
say the verb with the word “to” in front of it, for example, to speak.
Here is the conjugation for an – er verb:
comer / to eat
Yo como tacos.
Tú comes tacos.
Él/Ella come tacos.
Nosotros comemos tacos.
Vosotros coméis tacos.
Ellos comen tacos.
The conjugation of the – ar and – er verbs are very similar.
The first person singular ends with “o” for both of them.
The second person singular ends with “s” for both of them, but the letter before the “s” is an “a”
for – ar verbs and an “e” for – er verbs.
The third person singular ends with the same letter as the infinitive, an “a” for – ar verbs, and an
“e” for – er verbs.
The first person plural ends with – mos for both the – ar and the – er verbs, but the letter before
the – mos is the same as the infinitive.
The second person plural ends with – is, but the accented letter in front of the – is is the same as
the infinitive.
The third person plural always ends with an “n.” The letter before the – n is the same as the
infinitive.
Using Adjectives
Adjectives are words that modify nouns. They are words like tall, red, and good. As we have seen,
all articles have to match the nouns for gender and number. Adjectives, too, have to agree in
number and gender with the nouns they are modifying.
For example, the word for tall is alto. Let’s apply this adjective to the words for boy and girl,
muchacho and muchacha. To say the tall boy, you have to have the adjective end with the singular, masculine ending, so it would be el muchacho alto. To say the tall girl, the adjective, alta,
has the ending for a singular, feminine noun, so it would be la muchacha alta. Notice that the
adjective comes after the noun in Spanish. Also, adjectives stay the same whether we use the
definite or the indefinite articles.
103
lesson plan
7
Using Adjectives
the tall boys
the tall girls
a tall boy
a tall girl
some tall boys
some tall girls
los muchachos altos
las muchachas altas
un muchacho alto
una muchacha alta
unos muchachos altos
unas muchachas altas
La casa roja
Unas casas rojas
Las casas rojas
the red house
some red houses
the red houses
El taco blanco
Un taco blanco
Unos tacos blancos
the white taco
a white taco
some white tacos
Some adjectives don’t end with an “o” or an “a.” Some end with an “e.”
Take the word grande (big) for example.When you have an adjective that doesn’t show the
gender, the end only changes for number. So to say the big taco, it would be el taco grande.
The big house would be la casa grande.
The big tacos would be los tacos grandes.
The big houses would be las casas grandes.
The adjective still reflects the number.
104
7
aburrido
alta
alto
amable
aprender
beber
blanco
bonito
buscar
chica
chico
clase
comer
comprender
correr
creer
deber
difícil
exámenes
excelente
feo
flaco
grande
hablar
hombre
inocente
interesante
leer
mujer
pequeño
personas
rojo
sorprender
vender
bored, boring
tall (feminine, singular)
tall (masculine, singular)
nice, friendly
to learn
to drink
white
pretty
to look for
girl
boy
class
to eat
to understand
to run
to believe
to owe, to ought
difficult
tests
excellent
ugly
thin
big
to speak
man
innocent
interesting
to read
woman
small
people
red
to surprise
to sell
105
Verbs that end in - er
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the verbs ending in - er.
- er verb chart
INFINITIVE
comer / to eat
yo
como
nosotros (as)
comemos
tú
comes
vosotros (as)
coméis
él, ella,
usted
come
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
comen
These are some common, regular - er verbs.
comer
beber
aprender
deber
creer
=
=
=
=
=
to eat
to drink
to learn
to owe, must, ought
to believe
leer
vender
comprender
sorprender
correr
=
=
=
=
=
to read
to sell
to understand
to surprise
to run
Subject Pronoun
Verb Conjugation
1. nosotros
comprendes
2. ustedes
beben
3. tú
leo
4. ella
comemos
5. vosotros
aprendéis
6. yo
vende
107
Conjugation
nombre
1. comer
6. comprender
2. leer
7. correr
3. beber
8. sorprender
4. aprender
9. deber
5. vender
10. creer
Directions: Write the - er endings for each of the subject pronouns below.
11. él
16. yo
12. nosotros
17. tú
13. vosotros
18. ellos
14. ustedes
19. ella
15. ellas
20. usted
21. creer stem
22 él
24. yo
26. ellos
23. tú
25. vosotros
27. nosotros
29. usted
31. tú
33. ella
30. ellas
32. vosotros
34. yo
36. nosotros
38. ustedes
40. él
37. ella
39. ellos
41. yo
28. comprender stem
35. beber stem
109
Verb Agreement
nombre
Directions: Circle the correct form of the verb.
1. Nosotros
2. Usted
Coca - Cola.
el libro.
3. Ustedes
4. Tú
mucho.
ropa.
5. Yo
6. Ellas
español.
a la maestra.
7. ¿Vosotros lo
8. Ellos
hablar español.
9. Ella
10. Él me
?
a la escuela.
dinero.
a. bebe
b. beben
c. bebemos
a. lee
b. leemos
c. leo
a. coméis
b. comen
c. comes
a. vendo
b. vende
c. vendes
a. comprendes
b. comprendo
c. comprendemos
a. sorprendo
b. sorprendéis
c. sorprenden
a. creéis
b. creemos
c. creen
a. aprendo
b. aprendéis
c. aprenden
a. corro
b. corre
c. corres
a. debemos
b. debe
c. debo
Extra Credit:
11. yo (creer):
12. tú (correr):
13. usted (beber):
14. nosotros (deber):
15. vosotras (comer):
16. ellas (leer):
111
Adjectives
!
nombre
Adjectives are words like tall, red, or good that modify a noun. In Spanish,
adjectives that end in “o” or “a” must match the gender of the noun they modify.
singular
plural
masculine
alto
altos
feminine
alta
altas
Most adjectives have four forms:
Most adjectives that end in - e or a consonant do not change for gender.
Ejemplos:
excelente (excellent)
grande (big)
difícil (difficult)
impaciente (impatient)
inocente (innocent)
intersante (interesting)
paciente (patient)
inteligente (intelligent)
All adjectives must agree in number with the nouns they modify.
To make an adjective plural:
1. add -s if it ends in a vowel
ejemplo: alto
altos
2. add -es if it ends in a consonant
ejemplo: fácil
fáciles
Directions: Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the
underlined adjective in each phrase. Remember some
adjectives change form because of a gender.
flaco = thin
difícil = difficult
bonito = pretty
1. the small girl = la chica
2. the interesting books = los libros
pequeño = small
3. the thin man = el hombre
inocente = innocent
4. the innocent people = las personas
excelente = excellent
5. the difficult tests = los exámenes
interesante = interesting
6. the boring classes = las clases
aburrido = boring
7. the pretty woman = la mujer
8. the excellent teachers = los maestros
feo = ugly
9. the ugly house = la casa
amable = nice
10. the nice boys = los chicos
113
lesson plan
8
Topics Covered:
Conjugating - ir Verbs
Conjugating - ir Verbs
Conjugation of – ir verbs is very similar to both – ar and – er verbs.
Follow the pattern for each subject pronoun.
vivir / to live
Yo vivo
Tú vives
Él/Ella/Usted vive
Nosotros vivimos
Vosotros vivís
Ellos/Ellas/Ustedes viven
115
8
abrir
admitir
añadir
aplaudir
asistir
comer
compartir
contar
correr
cubrir
cumplir
cumplir años
decidir
describir
escribir
partir
permitir
pintar
prohibir
recibir
subir
vivir
to open
to admit
to add
to applaud
to attend
to eat
to share
to count
to run
to cover
to complete
to have a bithday (to complete years)
to decide
to describe
to write
to leave
to permit
to paint, to color
to prohibit
to receive
to go up
to live
117
Verbs that end in - ir
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the endings of - ir verbs.
- ir verb chart
INFINITIVE
vivir / to live
yo
vivo
nosotros (as)
vivimos
tú
vives
vosotros (as)
vivís
él, ella,
usted
vive
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
viven
These are some common, regular - ir verbs.
abrir
añadir
asistir
cubrir
decidir
escribir
permitir
recibir
vivir
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
to open
to add
to attend
to cover
to decide
to write
to permit
to receive
to live
admitir
aplaudir
cumplir
cumplir años
describir
partir
prohibir
subir
compartir
pintar
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
to admit
to applaud
to complete
to have a birthday
to describe
to leave, depart
to prohibit
to go up
to share
to paint, to color
Subject Pronoun
Verb Conjugation
1. nosotros
escribe
2. ustedes
recibes
3. tú
asistís
4. ella
decidimos
5. vosotros
cumplo años
6. yo
suben
119
- ir Verbs
nombre
1. recibir
6. escribir
2. decidir
7. aplaudir
3. abrir
8. cubrir
4. subir
9. prohibir
5. cumplir años
10. describir
Directions: Write the - ir endings for each of the subject pronouns below.
11. él
16. yo
12. nosotros
17. tú
13. vosotros
18. ellos
14. ustedes
19. ella
15. ellas
20. usted
21. abrir stem
22 él
24. yo
26. ellos
23. tú
25. vosotros
27. nosotros
29. usted
31. tú
33. ella
30. ellas
32. vosotros
34. yo
36. nosotros
38. ustedes
40. él
37. ella
39. ellos
41. yo
28. escribir stem
35. decidir stem
121
Verb Agreement
nombre
Directions: Circle the correct form of the verb.
1. Nosotros
2. Usted
Coca - Cola.
a. toma
b. toman
c. tomamos
a. lee
b. leemos
c. leo
a. recibís
b. reciben
c. recibes
a. vendo
b. vende
c. vendes
español.
a. estudias
b. estudio
c. estudiamos
a la maestra.
a. aplaudo
b. aplaudís
c. aplauden
a. creéis
b. creemos
c. creen
a. escribo
b. escribís
c. escriben
a. camino
b. camina
c. caminas
a. debemos
b. debe
c. debo
el libro.
3. Ustedes
4. Tú
mucho.
ropa.
5. Yo
6. Ellas
7. ¿Vosotros lo
8. Ellos
en español.
9. Ella
10. Él me
?
a la escuela.
dinero.
Extra Credit:
11. yo (abrir):
12. tú (correr):
13. usted (cantar):
14. nosotros (vivir):
15. vosotras (comer):
16. ellas (pintar):
123
lesson plan
9
Topics Covered in Review of Lessons 1 - 8:
Sounds of Spanish
Word Stress
Nouns and Gender
Plurals
Cognates
Definite / Indefinite articles
Subject Pronouns
Tú vs. Usted
Number System 0 -100
Verb Tenses
Conjugating – ar, - er, - ir verbs
Adjectives
Lesson 1
Lesson 2
Lesson 3
Lesson 3
Lesson 3
Lesson 3
Lesson 5
Lesson 5
Lesson 5
Lesson 6
Lesson 6, 7, 8
Lesson 7
125
9
Please review the vocabulary from Lessons 1 - 8 for your upcoming test in Lesson 10.
127
nombre
Gender of Nouns
Directions: Identify each noun as masculine or feminine and circle your answer.
1. universidad
masculine
feminine
2. papel
masculine
feminine
3. pluma
masculine
feminine
4. tractor
masculine
feminine
5. pez
masculine
feminine
Artículos Definidos
Directions: Write the correct definite article that goes with each noun.
el
la
los
las
6.
borrador
7.
mesas
8.
aviones
9.
teléfono
10.
profesora
Artículos Indefinidos
Directions: Write the correct indefinite article that goes with each noun.
un
una
unos
unas
11.
borrador
12.
mesas
13.
aviones
14.
teléfono
15.
profesora
129
nombre
Plurals
Directions: Circle the correct plural form of each noun.
16. ciudad
ciudades
ciudadse
ciudads
17. pluma
plumaes
plumas
plumase
18. libro
libros
librose
libroes
19. pez
pezs
pezes
peces
20. computador
computadorres
computadors
computadores
Cognates
Directions: Write the letter of the English equivalent next to the Spanish word.
21. matemáticas
f. baseball
22. familia
g. family
23. planta
h. volleyball
24. béisbol
i. plant
25. voleibol
j. mathematics
Subject Pronouns
Directions: Match the correct English pronoun with the same Spanish pronoun.
26. usted
a. she
27. ella
b. you all (informal)
28. vosotros
c. I
29. ustedes
d. you (formal)
30. yo
e. you all (formal)
131
nombre
Adjectives
Directions: Circle the correct form of the adjective for the given noun.
31. muchacha
alto
altas
alta
32. mesas
ancho
anchas
ancha
33. muchacho
bravo
bravos
brava
34. libro
grandos
grandes
grande
35. árboles
blancos
blancas
blanco
Numbers
Directions: Write the Spanish word from the answer key next to each number.
36.
19
37.
6
38.
1
39.
52
40.
87
uno
cuarenta y tres
ochenta y siete
seis
Verb Stems
Directions: Please write the stems of the following verbs.
41. plantar
42. cubrir
43. leer
44. hablar
45. vivir
133
cincuenta y dos
once
diecinueve
cero
nombre
Verb Conjugation
Directions: Circle the correct conjugation of the given verb.
46. nosotros
habla
hablamos
hablo
47. yo leer
leo
leen
lee
48. usted vivir
vive
vivmos
vivo
49. tú correr
corren
corre
corres
50. él nadar
nada
nadas
nado
Directions: Write the indicated form of the verb in parentheses.
51. Ellos
los libros. (estudiar)
52. Nosotros
en español. (hablar)
53. Juan
los tacos. (comer)
54. Usted
. (vivir)
55. Tú
el examen. (leer)
Extra Credit:
Saludos
Directions: Write the letter of the English phrase that matches the Spanish phrase.
56. Hola.
a. Good luck.
57. ¿Cómo está usted?
b. Hello.
58. Mucho gusto.
c. I’m fine, thanks.
59. Me llamo
.
d. What is your name?
60. ¿Cómo se llama usted?
e. Pleased to meet you.
61. Muy bien, gracias.
f. Until then.
62. El gusto es mío.
g. How are you?
63. Hasta luego.
h. The pleasure is mine.
64. Estoy bien, gracias.
i. Good-bye.
65. Buena suerte.
j. My name is
66. Adios.
k. Very well, thank you.
135
.
test
lessons 1 - 9
Lesson 10 Test Sheet A
nombre
Gender of Nouns
1. presentación
masculine
feminine
2. presidente
masculine
feminine
3. pelota
masculine
feminine
4. cielo
masculine
feminine
5. árbol
masculine
feminine
Artículos Definidos
Directions: Write the correct definite article that goes with each noun.
el
la
los
las
6.
chica
7.
libro
8.
monos
9.
chicos
10.
tortugas
Artículos Indefinidos
Directions: Write the correct indefinite article that goes with each noun.
un
una
unos
unas
11.
chica
12.
libro
13.
monos
14.
chicos
15.
tortugas
139
Lesson 10 Test Sheet B
nombre
Plurals
Directions: Circle the correct plural form of each noun.
16. perro
perroes
perroze
perros
17. muchacha
muchachos
muchachaes
muchachas
18. convención
convenciones
convenciónes
convensións
19. tractor
tractors
tractores
tractorres
20. lápiz
lápices
lapizs
lapizes
Cognates
Directions: Write the letter of the English equivalent next to the Spanish word.
21. clase
a. history
22. monstruo
b. problem
23. problema
c. monster
24. difícil
d. class
25. historia
e. difficult
Subject Pronouns
Directions:Write the letter of the correct English pronoun in the space next to the Spanish pronoun.
26. yo
a. we
27. ellos
b. you (informal)
28. tú
c. I
29. nosotros
d. he
30. él
e. they
141
Lesson 10 Test Sheet C
nombre
Adjectives
Directions: Circle the correct form of the adjective for the given noun.
31. muchachas
alto
altas
alta
32. puerta
ancho
anchas
ancha
33. perro
bravo
bravos
bravas
34. río
grandos
grandes
grande
35. papeles
blancos
blancas
blanco
Numbers
Directions: Write the Spanish word from the answer key next to each number.
36.
15
37.
8
38.
2
39.
20
40.
43
dos
cuarenta y tres
veinte
ocho
Verb Stems
Directions: Please write the stems of the following verbs.
41. cantar
42. permitir
43. beber
44. pintar
45. abrir
143
quince
once
cuarenta y seis
cero
Lesson 10 Test Sheet D
nombre
Verb Conjugation
46. yo hablar
habla
hablamos
hablo
47. usted leer
leo
leen
lee
48. nosotros vivir
vive
vivimos
vivo
49. ellas correr
corren
corre
corres
50. tú nadar
nada
nadas
nado
Directions: Write the correct form of the indicated verb in parentheses.
51. Ellos
52. Nosotros
53. Juan
54. Usted
55. Yo
los libros. (leer)
el español. (estudiar)
en Arizona. (vivir)
los tacos. (comer)
el examen. (terminar)
Extra Credit:
Directions: Translate the following sentence into English.
56. Unas muchachas altas comen seis tacos.
Directions: Translate the following sentence into Spanish.
57. The four professors (male) speak Spanish.
145
lessons 11 - 20
lesson plan
11
Topics Covered:
Dialogue
Question Words in Spanish
How to Make a Question
Dialogue
This one is called San Xavier del Bac which is the name of a mission near Tucson, Az.
A: ¿Dónde estamos? (Where are we?)
B: Estamos en una misión antigua cerca de Tucson, Arizona.
(We are in an old mission close to Tucson, Arizona.)
A: ¿Cómo se llama la misión? (How is the mission called?)
B: Se llama San Xavier del Bac. (It is called San Xavier del Bac.)
A: ¿Qué es una misión? (What is a mission?)
B: En este caso es una iglesia católica construida en 1783.
(In this case it is a Catholic Church constructed in 1783.)
A: ¡Quién vive en la misión? (Who lives in the mission?)
B: Los sacerdotes viven aquí y practican las misas.
(The priests live here and practice masses.)
A: ¡Que linda iglesia! (What a beautiful church!)
B: No, no es linda iglesia, es linda misión. (No, it is not a beautiful church,
it is a beautiful mission.)
Question Words in Spanish
The question words in English are who, what, where, when, how many, and which.
Here are the question words in Spanish.
¿Quién?
¿Qué?
¿Dónde?
¿Cuándo?
¿Cuántos?
¿Cómo?
¿Cuál?
Who?
What?
Where?
When?
How many?
How?
Which?
Notice that all of the question words in Spanish have accent marks. That tells you that they are
questions, because sometimes they can be non-question words, the same as in English. (Please
refer to “Interrogative and Exclamatory Words” on p. 27.) For example, in English we can say,
Where do you go to school? or, That is where I go to school. Remember that we start questions in
Spanish with the upside down question mark.
Who studies Spanish?
¿Quién estudia espanol?
149
lesson plan
11
How to Make a Question
Just like in English, some of our questions don’t have question words.
Sometimes we change the order of words or change the way our voices sound
to indicate a question. This sentence can change into a question a couple of ways:
¿Roberto está bien? or
¿Está bien Roberto? or
¿Está Roberto bien?
150
11
estudia
quieres
beber
vive
comemos
blanca
professor
libro
historia
matemáticas
nadan
iglesia
maestro
cree
verdad
comprendes
cantan
muchas
canciones
misión
antigua
cerca de
llamar
católica
construida
caso
los sacerdotes
aquí
practican
las misas
linda
he/she studies
you want
to drink
he/she lives
we eat
white
professor
book
history
mathematics
they swim
church
teacher
he/she believes
truth
you understand
they sing
many
songs
mission
old
close to
to call
Catholic
constructed
case
the priests
here
they practice
the masses (church services)
pretty
151
Question Words
nombre
Directions: Using the picture clues, find the Spanish question word
from the word bank and write it on the blank next to the English word.
¿Quién?
¿Dónde?
¿Qué?
¿Cuándo?
¿Cómo?
¿Cuántos?
¿Cuál?
1.
5.
what
ever
Where?
What?
2.
NS
UCTIO
INSTR
6.
IRS
How many?
How?
3.
7.
or
Who?
Which?
4.
8.
december
1
8
15
22
2
3
5
6
7
11
12
13
14
17
18
19
20
21
24
25
9 10
16
23
4
26
27
28
29
30
31
When?
Who?
153
Questions with Word Order
nombre
Sometimes in Spanish we can make a question by changing the
order of the subject and the verb.
Ejemplo: Usted habla español.
¿Habla usted español?
Directions: Change the following sentences into questions by moving the subject and verb.
1. Ellos viven en México. ¿
en México?
2. Vosotros comeís tacos. ¿
tacos?
3. Señor Morris es profesor. ¿
profesor?
4. Usted lee un libro de historia. ¿
un libro de historia?
5. Juan y María estudian matemáticas. ¿
matemática?
Directions: Change the following sentences into questions by moving the subject and verb, write out
the entire question including the question marks.
6. Ustedes nadan.
7. La iglesia es linda.
8. El maestro cree que es verdad.
9. Tú comprendes el español.
10. Ellas cantan muchas canciones.
155
México
nombre
Directions: Review the states of México and then research the colors of the
Méxican flag and color them in.
A
BAJ
E
ORT
AN
RNI
IFO
CAL
SONORA
CHIHUAHUA
BAJ
AC
COAHUILA
MA
HILDALGO
CAMPECHE
GUERRERO
MORELOS
PUEBLA
QU
XIC
MICHOACÁN
MÉ
COLIMA
VER
ACR
OAXACA
157
UZ
OO
YUCATÁN
AR
O
UAT
NAJ
GUA
O
JALISCO
AN
RIT
YA
AGUASCALIENTES
QUERÉTARO
MÉXICO, D.F.
TLAXCALA
INT
NA
Océano Pacífico
Golfo de México
SAN
LUIS
POTOSÍ
TA
ZA
UL
AS
EC
T
CA
IPA
S
A
UR
ALO
AS
SIN
RNI
FO
ALI
NUEVO
LEÓN
DURANGO
TABASCO
CHIAPAS
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 3
San Xavier del Bac
A: ¿Dónde estamos?
B: Estamos en una misión antigua cerca de Tucson, Arizona.
A: ¿Cómo se llama la misión?
B: Se llama San Xavier del Bac.
A: ¿Qué es una misión?
B: En este caso es una iglesia católica construida en 1783.
A: ¿Quién vive en la misión?
B: Los sacerdotes viven aquí y practican las misas.
A: ¡Que linda iglesia!
B: No, no es linda iglesia, es linda misión.
Songtime
Directions: Practice along with the instuctor and on your own.
La cucaracha (Tradicional)
The Cockroach (Traditional)
Todas las muchachas tienen
All the girls have
en los ojos dos estrellas,
in their eyes two stars,
pero las mexicanitas
but the little Mexican girls
de seguro son más bellas.
for sure are prettier.
La cucaracha, la cucaracha;
The cockroach, the cockroach
ya no quiere caminar;
now it does not want to walk,
porque no tiene,
because it does not have,
porque le falta
because it lacks
dinero para gastar.
money to spend.
159
lesson plan
12
Topics Covered:
Negation
The Verb Estar
Negation
In English, sentences can be either affirmative or negative. An affirmative sentence affirms that
the information in a sentence is true. For example, San Xavier del Bac is a beautiful church.
A negative sentence in English negates the information of the sentence, or says that it is not true.
In English we can put the word “not” after some of the verbs to make them negative.
Xavier del Bac is not a beautiful church.
This is the easiest way to make a negative from an affirmative sentence, but it only works with a
limited number of verbs. Other sentences are not as easy. Sometimes we have to add the modals
do or does before we can make a sentence negative. And the verb goes into the dictionary form.
She does not drink water. In the past tense, we add the modal did in sentences to make them
negative. She did not drink water. The system in Spanish is much easier. All you have to do is
put the word no in front of the conjugated verb.
She drinks water in Spanish is:
Ella bebe agua.
To make this negative, just add the no before the verb.
Ella no bebe agua.
The Verb Estar
Some verbs are irregular, they don’t follow the rules that we’ve seen for conjugating verbs. One
of the most used verbs in Spanish is irregular. It is the verb estar which means to be. Here is the
conjugation of the verb estar:
estar / to be
Yo estoy
Tú estás
Él/Ella está
Nosotros estamos
Vosotros estáis
Ellos están
The verb estar is used to express the temporary condition of a thing.
¿Cómo estás? (How are you?)
When you talk about the condition of something, remember that the adjectives have to match
the gender and the number of the nouns that they are modifying.
El muchacho está enfermo. (The boy is sick.)
Las muchachas están enfermas. (The girls are sick.)
The verb estar also means is in a place or location.
Los Angeles está en California. (Los Angeles is in California.)
161
12
bebe
agua
habla
en la playa
estar
estoy
estás
está
estamos
estáis
están
como
¿dónde?
cerca de
aburrido
bonita
caliente
cansado
contento
estado
enfermo
guapa
nervioso
oficina
ocupado
tarde
triste
viva
he/she drinks
water
he/she speaks
at the beach
to be
I am
you are (familiar)
he/she, you (polite) are
we are
you are (familiar,plural)
they, you (polite, plural) are
I eat
where?
close to
bored
pretty
stove hot
tired
content
state
sick
good-looking
nervous
office
busy
late
sad
lively
163
Negative Sentences
nombre
To make a sentence negative:
To make a sentence negative, place the word “no” before the verb.
Ejemplo: Él habla el inglés.
Él no habla el inglés.
Directions: Write the necessary word(s) to form a logical negative sentence
based on the sentence before it.
Ejemplo: Martín habla el español.
Martín no habla el inglés.
1. ¿Estudia Josefina el español?
Josefina
2. ¿Estamos en California?
el español.
en California.
3. ¿Es Ramona doctora?
Ramona
doctora.
4. ¿Es Alberto de Nicaragua?
Alberto
de Nicaragua.
5. Yo soy profesora.
Yo
profesora.
6. ¿Viven en Guatemala?
en Guatemala.
Directions: Write two sentences in the negative in Spanish.
1.
2.
165
Estar
!
nombre
Irregular Verbs
Not all verbs in Spanish follow the regular conjugation patterns. These are called irregular verbs.
Some irregular conjugations follow a specific pattern, others must be memorized.
Here are the subject pronouns and the endings for the verb estar (to be).
INFINITIVE
yo
estoy
nosotros (as)
estamos
tú
estás
vosotros (as)
estáis
él, ella,
usted
está
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
están
Directions: Circle the letter of the correct conjugation and then write the word in the blank.
1. Ella
a. estoy
2. Yo
a. estamos
enferma.
b. está
c. estás
cansada.
b. están
c. estoy
enfermo = sick
cansado = tired
3. La comida
a. están
caliente (hot).
b. está
4. ¿Vosotros
a. estás
6. Pablo
a. estás
c. estás
aburrido = bored
en Puerto Rico?
b. están
5. Nosotros
a. estamos
caliente = stove hot
c. estáis
bien.
b. estoy
c. están
aburrido.
b. está
c. están
167
Estar
nombre
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb estar to complete each sentence.
Next, write each sentence in English.
Ejemplo: Ella
está
en la casa.
She is in the house.
1. Vosotros
en la officina.
2. Nosotros
cansados.
tarde = late
ocupado = busy
3. Tú
enfermo = sick
muy bonita esta noche.
cansado = tired
4. Ustedes
oficina = office
nerviosos.
nervioso = nervous
en la playa = at the beach
5. Ellos
en Costa Rica.
triste = sad
guapa = good-looking
6. Usted
contento = content
enfermo.
viva = lively
7. Yo
bonita = pretty
muy ocupada.
Directions: Translate the sentence from English to Spanish using the correct form of the verb estar.
Ejemplo: He is bored.
Él está aburrido.
8. They (masculine) are content.
9. I am sick.
10. Mariana is lively.
11. You (familiar) are in Barcelona.
12. Milagros and I are tired.
13. Are you all (familiar) sad?
14. How are you (familiar)?
15. Are you all (familiar) at the beach?
16. They (feminine) are in Mexico.
169
lesson plan
13
Topics Covered:
The Verb Ser
Estar vs. Ser
The Verb Ser
The verb ser is also translated as to be. This is called a divergence. Think of it as the letter y.
One word in English, in this case the verb to be, is represented by two words in Spanish.
The verb ser is an irregular verb too. Here is how it is conjugated.
ser / to be
Yo soy
Tú eres
Él/Ella es
Nosotros somos
Vosotros sóis
Ellos son
This verb is very irregular and will probably have to be memorized.
Remember that the verb estar was used for location and for the condition of a thing.
The verb ser is used for several things.
1. To tell time.
For example, to say it is one o’clock. Es la una.
2. To show possession.
For example: That is John’s. Es de Juan.
3. To express nationality and origin.
Example: John is from Mexico. Juan es de México.
4. With nouns to identify something or someone.
Example: Mr. Morris is a teacher. Sr. Morris es maestro.
5. With an adjective to describe a trait or a characteristic.
Example: The boys are tall. Los muchachos son altos. See here again, with the adjectives,
that you have to match the gender and number of the adjective to the noun.
Estar vs. Ser
Here’s the general rule for using either ser or estar, if it is an adjective that refers to a temporary
thing like sick or happy, use the verb estar. If it is an adjective that is permanent, like smart or
beautiful, use the verb ser.
171
13
ser
soy
eres
es
somos
sóis
son
maestro
libros
estudiante
inteligente
lápiz
silla
madera
bombero
viejo
mexicanos
aburrido
prima
primo
rojo (-a)
manzana
divertida
colombiano
callada
hermana
ahora
mochila
enfermo
dentista
pluma
capital
hoy
noche
to be
I am
you are (familiar)
he/she, you (polite) are
we are
you are (familiar,plural)
they, you (polite, plural) are
teacher
books
student
smart
pencil
chair
wood
firefighter
old
Mexicans
bored
cousin (female)
cousin (male)
red
apple
fun
Colombian
quiet
sister
now
backpack
sick
dentist (male or female)
feather, pen
capital
today
night
173
Ser
nombre
Ser
Here are the subject pronouns and the endings for the verb ser (to be).
INFINITIVE
ser / to be
yo
soy
nosotros (as)
somos
tú
eres
vosotros (as)
sois
él, ella,
usted
es
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
son
Directions: Circle the correct conjugation of the verb and then write it in the blank.
1. Yo
es
americano.
somos
2.
soy
las tres.
son
eres
3. María
es
inteligente.
son
4. Tú
es
sóis
alto.
soy
5. Nosotros
es
somos
eres
estudiantes.
somos
soy
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb ser to complete each sentence.
6. ¿Qué hora
?
7. Las sillas
de madera.
8. Vosotros
bomberos.
silla = chair
madera = wood
bombero = firefighter
estudiante = student
9. Yo
10. Señor Morris
viejo = old
estudiante.
viejo.
175
Ser Sentences
nombre
Directions: Write in the correct conjugation of the verb ser in the blank. Then, using the vocabulary
box to the right, translate the sentence into English on the line below.
1. Él
aburrido.
mexicanos = Mexicans
2. Mi prima y yo
de Nueva York.
aburrido = boring
prima = cousin
roja = red
3. Usted
manzana = apple
guapa.
guapa = good-looking
divertida = fun
4. Nosotros
mexicanos.
colombiano = Colombian
callada = quiet
hermana = sister
5. Ellas
divertidas.
6. Mi hermana
muy callada.
7. La manzana
roja.
8. ¿Tú
colombiano?
177
Estar vs. Ser
!
nombre
The verb estar is used for:
1. To indicate the location.
2. To express temporary condition or feeling (happy, sick, well, etc.).
The verb ser is used for:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
To tell time.
To show possession.
To express nationality and origin.
With nouns to identify something or someone.
With an adjective to describe a trait or a characteristic (permanent).
Directions: Decide whether to use ser or estar in the
following sentences and conjugate the verb in the blank.
1. Miguel
2. La pluma
3. Yo
4. ¿Dónde
5.
6. ¿Tú
7. Yo
8. ¿Vosotras
9. ¿Cuál
10. Ellos
11. Nosotros
12. Señor González
13. Usted
14.
15. El libro
16. Manuel y Rosa
enfermo hoy.
roja.
ahora = now
profesor de español.
Sacramento?
las ocho de la noche.
rojo = red
en la playa = at the beach
tarde = afternoon
primo = cousin
mochila = backpack
en casa ahora?
colombiano = Colombian
dentista.
enfermo = sick
cansadas?
dentista = dentist
la capital del Perú?
pluma = feather, pen
capital = capital
en Panamá.
hoy = today
americanos.
mi primo.
colombiano.
la una de la tarde.
en la mochila.
en la playa.
179
noche = night
cansado = tired
Aztec Calendar
nombre
Directions: Find a reference that tells how the calendar worked and what the symbols mean.
Color the calendar.
181
lesson plan
14
Topics Covered:
Prepositions
Contractions al and del
Prepositions
Prepositions relate one word to another in a sentence. Prepositions usually relate to location,
direction, or time. For example,
We live in the United States of America.
The book is on the table.
We walk to school.
We come from home.
We vacation in August.
We drink water before Spanish.
Vivimos en los estados unidos de américa.
El libro está en la mesa.
Caminamos a la escuela.
Llegamos de la casa.
Vacacionamos en agosto.
Bebimos agua antes de español.
Several important points to remember:
1. These words are tricky. En can mean either in or on. It depends on how the word is used in
the sentence. And prepositions don’t always translate directly from English into Spanish.
Sometimes in Spanish different prepositions are used or sometimes there might not even be
a preposition. Remember that we used the word buscar that translated into to look for. When
you use buscar, you won’t need the preposition for.
2. Sometimes prepositions are more that one word as in the last example, antes de. This happens
a lot in English too. We have prepositions such as in back of, next to, and because of.
3. Prepositions don’t change gender or number. They always stay just the way they are. In spoken
English we sometimes have what’s called a dangling preposition. This occurs when you have a
preposition at the end of a sentence. Sentences like: Who are to talking to? Or She is the girl I
dance with.
In Spanish, prepositions are used like they are in formal English, always within a sentence or at the
beginning of a question. A preposition never comes at the end of a sentence in Spanish.
With whom are you talking?
She is the girl with whom I dance.
¿Con quién hablas?
Ella es la muchacha con quien bailo.
Some of the more common prepositions in Spanish are:
en
a
con
de
antes de
después de
por
in, on
to
with
of, from
before
after
for / through
183
lesson plan
14
There are a lot of contractions in English, in Spanish there are just two.
They are the combinations of: to + the, a + el = al and: of + the, de + el = del.
Example:
I walk to the crater. Camino al cráter.
The book is of the boy (it is his). El libro es del muchacho.
184
14
vivimos
caminamos
escuela
llegamos
vacacionamos
agosto
bebimos
agua
con
¿quién?
bailo
a
al
por
de
antes de
del
en
después de
tomar
examen
estudio
tomate
clase
voy
vengo
ayudar
maestra
mesa
madera
va
libro
vamos
biblioteca
auto
corren
paso
norte
we live
we walk
school
we arrive
we vacation
August
we drink
water
with
who?
I dance
to, at
to the
for, through
of, from
before
of the
in, on
after
to drink, to take
test, exam
I study
tomato
class
I go
I come
to help
teacher (female)
table
wood
he/she, you (polite) goes
book
we go
library
car
they run
pass
North
185
Preposiciones
nombre
Directions: Using the clues, write the words in Spanish in the spaces.
across
2.
3.
4.
6.
to the
with
after
in, on
down
1.
2.
4.
5.
of the
before
of, from
for, through
Directions: Use the word bank to complete the sentences with the correct preposition.
a
al
por
1. (Before)
antes de
de
del
4. Vengo (to)
5. La mesa es (of )
6. Él va (for)
9. María es (from)
después de
tomate.
las clase, yo voy a casa.
ayudar a la maestra.
madera.
un libro.
7. Nosotros vamos a la biblioteca (in)
8. Corren (to the)
con
tomar un examen, yo estudio.
2. Como tacos (with)
3. (After)
en
auto.
paso (of the)
norte.
México.
187
Prepositions: ¿Cuál es la preposición?
nombre
Directions: Translate the following sentences into English on the line provided.
1. Los estudiantes cantan con la maestra.
2. Corro a la escuela.
3. Cantamos depués de la maestra.
4. Corres por la escuela.
5. Ella canta antes de la maestra.
6. Corréis de la escuela.
Directions: Translate these sentences into Spanish on the line provided.
7. Of who is? (Whose is this?)
8. We eat with the teacher (female).
9. They walk to the museum (museo).
189
lesson plan
15
Topics Covered:
Cardinal / Intermediate Directions and Prepositions
Dialogue
The Verb Tener
Personal “a”
Cardinal / Intermediate Directions and Prepositions
North / norte
East / este
South / sur
West / oeste
In between are the los puntos intermedios, or intermediate directions:
Northeast / noreste
Southeast / sureste
Southwest / suroeste
Northwest / noroeste
Here are some new prepositions to talk about where the states are located:
debajo de
sobre
al lado de
under
over
next to
Dialogue / Shopping
A: ¿Qué tienes en la bolsa? (What do you have in the bag?)
B: Tengo una camisa azul nueva. (I have a new, blue shirt.)
A: Tengo que comprar una camisa roja nueva. (I have to buy a new, red shirt.)
B: ¿Tienes ganas de reunirnos más tarde?
(Do you want (do you have desire) to get together later?)
A: Sí. ¿Qué hora es? (Yes. What time is it?)
B: Son las tres y media. (It’s three thirty.)
A: Tengo que hacer la tarea de español. (I have to do the Spanish homework.)
B: ¿A qué hora quieres salir? (What time do you want to leave?)
A: ¿A las cinco de la tarde? (At five in the afternoon?)
B: Bien. Nos vemos a las cinco. (Good. We’ll see each other at five.)
A: Hasta luego. (Until then.)
B: Hasta la vista. (Until we see each other.)
191
lesson plan
15
3
The Verb Tener
The verb for to have is tener. This is how it is conjugated:
tener / to have
Yo tengo
Tú tienes
Él/Ella tiene
Nosotros tenemos
Vosotros tenéis
Ellos tienen
Personal “a”
There are three types of objects: direct objects, indirect objects, and objects of prepositions.
Direct objects receive the action of the verb.
He eats tacos.
Indirect objects receive the action of the verb indirectly. They usually answer the question
“to whom” or “to what.”
We talk to them.
Objects of prepositions are nouns that follow prepositions and are related to them.
They live in Texas.
We will discuss direct objects, the ones that are directly related to the action of the verb.
Here is the rule:
When the direct object is a person or people, it is preceded by the word “a.”
This is called the personal “a.” It does not have an English translation.
Example:
I am looking for the boys. Busco a los muchachos.
We look at the teacher. Miramos al maestro.
We combined the two words a + el to make the contraction al.
192
15
puntos cardinals
puntos intermedios
norte
este
sur
oeste
noreste
sureste
suroeste
noroeste
debajo de
sobre
al lado de
tener
a
buscar
miramos
tarea
auto
azul
naranja
plátanos
perro
gato
bicicleta
guitarra
lápiz
verde
año
maestra
manzana
diamante
delfín
mirar
catarro
galleta
respuesta
cardinal points
intermediate points
North
East
South
West
Northeast
Southeast
Southwest
Northwest
under
over
next to
to have
at, to, personal “a”
to look for
we watch, look at
homework
car
blue
orange
plantains
dog
cat
bicycle
guitar
pencil
green
year
teacher (female)
apple
diamond
dolphin
to watch, to look at
cold (illness)
cookie, cracker
answer
193
Cardinal Points
nombre
Directions: Use the map to answer the questions below. Write the letter of the correct
answer in the blank.
Norte
ste
oe
r
No
No
res
te
Canadá
Utah
Colorado
Kansas
Nueva Hampshire
Massachusetts
Rhode Island
Ohio Pensilvania
Connecticut
Nueva Jersey
Virginia
Delaware
Occ.
Kentucky
Virginia Maryland
Carolina
Tennessee
Iowa
Misuri
r
ifo
Cal
nia
Oklahoma Arkansas
Luisiana
Golfo
de México
Océano
Atlántico
a
ro
Ca del Norte
de rolin
l Su a
r
Florid
Su
México
est
Este
gia
Hawai
Alaska
Nueva York
Geor
Texas
ma
Alaba
í
Nuevo
México
Arizona
ip
Misis
Océano
Pacífico
Maine
a
ian
Ind
ois
Illin
Nevada
Oeste
an
hig
Mic
Nebraska
n
nsi
Wyoming
Vermont
co
Wis
Dakota
del Sur
ota
nes
Idaho
Mi n
Oregón
Dakota
del Norte
Montana
Washington
re
Su
e
ste
Sur
1. El estado al norte de Arizona es
a. Utah
b. California
.
c. Colorado
2. El oceáno al oeste es el
b. Dakota del Sur
c. Pacífico
a. Maine
.
.
b. Alabama c. Luisiana
a. Colorado
.
b. Kansas
c. Ohio
a. Wisconsin
195
a. Ohio
.
b. Vermont c. Dakota del Sur
10. ¿Qué estado está debajo de Virginia?
c. Nueva Hampshire
.
c. Misuri
9. El estado al sureste de Minnesota es
5. ¿Qué estado está al lado de Maine?
a. Vermont b. Georgia
c. Florida
8. El estado al noreste de Oklahoma es
c. Idaho
4. El estado al este de Neuvo México es
b. Texas
b. Hawai
.
7. El estado al noroeste de Florida es
3. El estado al suroeste de Montana es
a. Kansas
a. México
.
a. Atlántico b. Golfo de México
a. Iowa
6. El país al sur de Texas es
b. Carolina del Norte
c. Iowa
Tener
nombre
Here are the subject pronouns and the endings for the verb tener (to have).
INFINITIVE
tener / to have
yo
tengo
nosotros (as)
tenemos
tú
tienes
vosotros (as)
tenéis
él, ella,
usted
tiene
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
tienen
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb (tener).
1. Yo
2. Él
una maestra.
tres lápices azules.
3. Mario
un auto verde.
4. Anita
cuatro naranjas.
5. Sylvia y Lorena
una bicicleta.
auto = car
naranja = orange
6. Gabriel y Francisco
una guitarra.
plátanos = plantains
perro = dog
7. Tú
gato = cat
ocho años.
bicicleta = bicycle
8. Ustedes
plátanos.
9. Vosotros
un perro.
guitarra = guitar
año = year
lápiz = pencil
azul = blue
verde = green
10. Nosotros
un gato.
197
Tener / Buscar / Mirar
buscar = to look for
manzana = apple
diamante = diamond
delfín = dolphin
nombre
mirar = to see
catarro = a cold
galleta = cookie
respuesta = answer
Directions: Read each sentence out loud in Spanish, then translate it into into English on the line.
Ejemplo: Usted tiene la manzana.
You have the apple.
1. Yo tengo la manzana.
2. Tú buscas diamantes.
3. Él mira los delfines.
4. Ella tiene un catarro.
5. Nosotros buscamos a la maestra.
6. Ellos miran a la maestra.
7. Ellas tienen una galleta.
8. Ustedes buscan la respuesta.
199
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 4
Shopping
A: ¿Qué tienes en la bolsa?
B: Tengo una camisa azul nueva.
A: Tengo que comprar una camisa roja nueva.
B: ¿Tienes ganas de reunirnos más tarde?
A: Sí. ¿Qué hora es?
B: Son las tres y media.
A: Tengo que hacer la tarea de español.
B: ¿A qué hora quieres salir?
A: ¿A las cinco de la tarde?
B: Bien. Nos vemos a las cinco.
A: Hasta luego.
B: Hasta la vista.
201
lesson plan
16
Topics Covered:
Idioms with the Verb Tener
Colors and Shapes in Spanish
Idioms with the Verb Tener
The verb tener is used in some different ways in Spanish.
Example:
How old are you? (How many years do you have?) ¿Cuántos años tienes?
años.
years. Tengo
I have
I am cold/warm. Tengo frío/calor.
The word tener is used in a lot of phrases such as thirsty, afraid and others.
One of the most useful is to say that you have to do something.
Example:
I have to eat. Tengo que comer.
They have to study. Tienen que estudiar.
You have to learn Spanish. Tienes que aprender español.
He has to speak to that boy. Tiene que hablar al muchacho.
Colors and Shapes in Spanish
The colors in Spanish are:
rojo
red
amarillo
yellow
azul
blue
anaranjado
orange
verde
green
morado
purple
blanco
white
negro
black
gris
grey
rosa
pink
café
brown
The shapes in Spanish are almost all cognates:
círculo
triángulo
rectángulo
cuadro
circle
triangle
rectangle
square
203
16
¿cuántos?
años
frío
calor
aprender
pinten
trabajar
estudiar
leer
escribir
tomar
sacar
mucho
composiciones
exámenes
buenas notas
ver
preparar
ir
escuchar
música
televisión
cursos
café
carta
how many?
years
cold
hot
to learn
you all paint (command)
to work
to study
to read
to write
to drink, to take
to take out
many
compositions
exams, tests
good grades
to see
to prepare
to go
to listen
music
television
courses
café, coffee, brown
letter
205
Las figuras / formas
nombre
Directions: Read the sentences in Spanish to determine what kind, how many, and
what color shape to draw.
círculo
triángulo
rectángulo
cuadro
1. Pinten tres rectángulos morados.
2. Pinten seis triángulos azules.
3. Pinten cuatro cuadros verdes.
4. Pinten dos círculos anaranjados.
5. Pinten un cuadro negro, un círculo amarillo, un triángulo café y un rectángulo rosado.
207
Orienteering in Arizona
nombre
Directions: Fill in the blanks with the correct answer.
Norte
e
est
o
r
No
No
res
te
Oeste
R ío Col
orad
o
Este
Su
ro
est
e
S
Sur
1. La capital de Arizona es
s
ure
te
.
2. El país al sur de Arizona es
.
3. Dos estados al oeste de Arizona son
y
.
4. El estado al norte de Arizona es
.
5. El estado al este de Arizona es
.
6. El estado que toca Arizona al noreste es
.
7. El nombre del Parque National al noroeste de Arizona es
8. El nombre del Parque National al sureste de Arizona es
209
.
.
Tener que
trabajar = to work
estudiar = to study
leer = to read
nombre
escribir = to write
tomar = to take
sacar = to get
Directions: Write the answers to the following questions using the construction tener + que + verb
in the infinitive. Answer either “Yes” or “No” as indicated. Afterwards, read your answer out loud.
Ejemplo: ¿Tienes que trabajar mucho en la escuela? Yes.
Sí, tengo que trabajar mucho en la escuela.
1. ¿Tienes que estudiar mucho? No.
2. ¿Tienes que leer mucho? Yes.
3. ¿Tienes que escribir composiciones? No.
4. ¿Tienes que tomar exámenes? No.
5. ¿Tienes que sacar buenas notas? Yes.
211
Colores
nombre
Directions: Color in the balloons using the key below.
5 5
1 = rojo
2 = amarillo
3 = azul
4 = verde
5 = café
6 = negro
213
7 = anaranjado
8 = morado
9 = blanco
lesson plan
17
Topics Covered:
Demonstrative Adjectives and Pronouns
A pronoun is a word that substitutes for a noun or nouns.
A demonstrative pronoun in English is a word that replaces a previously mentioned noun.
Example:
Here are two books. This one is in English and that one is in Spanish.
In English we use four demonstrative pronouns,
this (one), these
that (one), those
In English the words change according to their number, just like in Spanish.
In Spanish they also change for the gender.
Spanish demonstrative pronouns:
Items near the speaker
Things near the person
Spoken to
Things away from speaker
And person spoken to
Sing. Masc.
Sing. Fem.
Plur. Masc.
Plur. Fem.
éste
ésta
éstos
éstas
ése
ésa
ésos
ésas
aquél
aquélla
aquéllos
aquéllas
Adjectives are words that go with nouns to modify or make them more specific.
Demonstrative adjectives in English are used with a noun to point out a specific person or thing.
Example:
This book is in English and that book is in Spanish.
Spanish demonstrative adjectives:
Sing. Masc.
Items near the speaker
Things near the person
Spoken to
Things away from speaker
And person spoken to
Sing. Fem.
Plur. Masc.
Plur. Fem.
este
esta
estos
estas
ese
esa
esos
esas
aquel
aquella
aquellos
aquellas
215
lesson plan
17
Examples:
Estas casa son grandes. These houses are big.
Ésas son pequeñas. Those are small.
Aprendemos estos pronombres. We are learning these pronouns.
No estudiamos ésos. We are not studying those.
216
17
éste
ésta
éstos
éstas
ése
ésa
ésos
ésas
aquél
aquélla
aquéllos
aquéllas
este
esta
estos
estas
ese
esa
esos
esas
aquel
aquella
aquellos
aquellas
mujeres
alumnas
edificio
corbata
lección
fácil
difícil
revista
feo
bonito
la mesa
cuaderno
this one (singular, masculine)
this one (singular, feminine)
these ones (plural, masculine)
these ones (plural, feminine)
that one (singular, masculine)
that one (singular, feminine)
those ones (plural, masculine)
those ones (plural, feminine)
that one over there (singular, masculine)
that one over there (singular, feminine)
those ones over there (plural, masculine)
those ones over there (plural, feminine)
this (singular, masculine)
this (singular, feminine)
these (plural, masculine)
these (plural, feminine)
that (singular, masculine)
that (singular, feminine)
those (plural, masculine)
those (plural, feminine)
that over there (singular, masculine)
that over there (singular, feminine)
those over there (plural, masculine)
those over there (plural, feminine)
women
students (feminine)
building
necktie
lesson / lecture
easy
difficult
magazine
ugly
pretty
the table
notebook
217
Demonstrative Pronouns
nombre
Study the chart below to know when to use which demonstrative pronoun.
items near the speaker (this)
things near the person spoken to (that)
things away from the speaker and
person spoken to (that over there)
singular
masculine
singular
feminine
plural
masculine
plural
feminine
éste
ésta
éstos
éstas
ése
ésa
ésos
ésas
aquél
aquélla
aquéllos
aquéllas
Directions: Translate the demonstrative pronouns in parentheses in Spanish.
Ejemplo: Estos edificios son bajos;
aquéllos
son altos.
(those over there)
1. Aquí hay dos corbatas;
es roja;
(this one)
es blanca.
(that one)
2. Estas mujeres hablan español;
hablan francés.
(those)
3.
son libros muy interesantes.
(Those)
4. La lección de matemáticas es fácil;
edificio = building
es difícil.
corbata = tie
(this one)
lección = lecture
5. Leo estas revistas;
no leo.
(those)
6. ¿Qué es
que está sobre la mesa?
(that)
revista = magazine
feo = ugly
bonito = pretty
es un cuaderno.
(This)
7. Estas casas son feas;
fácil = easy
son más bonitas.
(those over there)
219
Demonstrative Adjectives
nombre
Study the chart below to know when to use which demonstrative adjective.
singular
masculine
items near the speaker (this)
things near the person spoken to (that)
things away from the speaker and
person spoken to (that over there)
singular
feminine
plural
masculine
plural
feminine
este
esta
estos
estas
ese
esa
esos
esas
aquel
aquella
aquellos
aquellas
Directions: Translate the demonstrative adjectives in parentheses in Spanish.
1.
hombre
11.
(this)
2.
casa
12.
(that over there)
3.
oficinas
13.
señora
14.
libros
15.
escuela
16.
profesor
17.
días (check noun gender)
18.
alumno
(this)
clase
19.
(this)
10.
escuela
(that)
(those)
9.
señores
(these)
(that over there)
8.
plumas
(these)
(this)
7. _
noche
(this)
(those)
6.
alumnas
(those over there)
(that)
5.
ejercicios
(these)
(these)
4.
mujeres
(those)
papel
(this)
muchacho
20.
(this)
señoras
(those)
221
lesson plan
18
Topics Covered:
Telling Time
Telling Time
When telling time, use the conjugated forms of the verb ser.
Es la una. It is one (one o’clock).
Son las dos. It is two (two o’clock).
Since we are talking about more than one, our verb is in the plural, it is the two.
Half of an hour is called media hora.
Son las seis y media. It’s six and a half (six thirty).
Fifteen minutes is a quarter of an hour in Spanish cuarto.
Son las nueve y cuarto. It is nine and a quarter (9:15).
Son las seis menos cuarto. It is quarter to six (six minus a quarter).
Here are a couple more vocabulary words that are useful when talking about time.
segundo / second
minuto / minute
hora / hour
The morning is referred to as la mañana.
Son las ocho de la mañana. It is 8 of the morning (8:00 o’clock in the morning).
The afternoon is la tarde.
Son las cuatro de la tarde. It is 4 of the afternoon (4:00 o’clock in the afternoon).
The word for night is noche.
Son las nueve de la noche. It is 9 of the night (9:00 o’clock at night).
223
18
un reloj
media hora
cuarto
menos
segundo
minuto
hora
mañana
la tarde
noche
medianoche
mediodía
recreo
almuerzo
terminar
a clock, watch
half an hour
quarter
minus
second
minute
hour
morning, tomorrow
the afternoon
night
midnight
noon
recess
lunch, midmorning meal
to end
225
Crossword
nombre
Directions: Read and say the following:
¿Qué hora es? What time is it?
Es la una.
Son las dos y doce.
Son las tres y cinco.
Son las cinco y cuarto.
Son las nueve y media.
Son las ocho menos diez.
Es mediodía.
Es medianoche.
de la mañana
de la tarde
de la noche
segundo
minuto
hora
It is 1:00.
It is 2:12.
It is 3:05.
It is 5:15.
It is 9:30.
It is ten til 8:00.
It is noon.
It is midnight.
a.m. (of the morning)
p.m. (of the afternoon)
p.m. (of the evening)
second
minute
hour
Directions: Complete the crossword puzzle.
227
across
6. It is 5:10.
down
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7.
a.m.
It is 7:50.
p.m.
It is midnight.
hour
It is 1:00.
¿Qué hora es? What time is it?
nombre
Directions: Read the sentences out loud, then draw the time on the clock.
10
9
8
1. Son las cuatro.
10
9
8
2. Son las nueve.
10
9
8
3. Es la una.
10
9
8
4. Son las dos.
10
9
8
5. Es medianoche.
10
9
8
6. Son las diez y media.
10
9
8
7. Es la una y cuarto.
10
9
8
8. Son las tres menos cuarto.
10
9
8
9. Son las cinco menos diez.
10
9
8
10. Es mediodía.
229
11 12 1
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
7
6
5
4
¿Qué hora es?
nombre
Directions: Write the times shown on the clocks in Spanish.
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
11 12 1
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
2
3
1.
3
2.
3
3.
4
2
4
2
4
2
3
7
6
5
11 12 1
4
6
5
4.
2
3
7
Son las tres.
4
5.
231
La hora
Nombre:
nombre
Ana Peralta
historia
arte
recreo
matemáticas
almuerzo
inglés
geografía
8:00-8:55
9:00-9:55
10:00-10:15
10:20-11:15
11:20-12:20
12:30-1:25
1:30-2:25
recreo = recess, break
almuerzo = lunch
terminar = to end
Directions: Look at the schedule and answer the questions. Be sure to include a.m. or p.m.
Ejemplo: ¿A qué hora es la clase de matemáticas?
La clase de matemáticas es a las diez y veinte de la mañana.
1. ¿A qué hora es la clase de inglés?
2. ¿A qué hora es el al muerzo?
3. ¿A qué hora es la clase de historia?
4. ¿A qué hora es el recreo?
5. ¿A qué hora terminan las clases?
233
lesson plan
19
Question Words
Question Word Order
Negation
Estar
Ser
Ser vs. Estar
Prepositions
Tener
Personal “a”
Colors
Idioms with Tener
Demonstrative Adjectives & Pronouns
Telling Time
Lesson 11
Lesson 11
Lesson 12
Lesson 12
Lesson 13
Lesson 13
Lesson 14
Lesson 14
Lesson 15
Lesson 15
Lesson 16
Lesson 16
Lesson 17
Lesson 18
235
19
237
nombre
Question Words
Directions: Match the Spanish question word with its English equivalent on the right.
Write the correct letter in the blank provided.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
¿Cuándo?
¿Cómo?
¿Cuánto?
¿Dónde?
¿Cuál?
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
How?
Which?
Where?
When?
How much?
Question Word Order
Directions: Change the order of the words to turn the sentence into a question.
Write the complete sentence in Spanish on the space provided.
6. Usted corre.
7. Nosotros hablamos español.
8. Julián está en la escuela.
9. Ellos viven en Nueva Jersey.
10. Yo tengo que estudiar.
Negation
Directions: Change these sentences to negatives and write the complete sentence
in Spanish on the space provided.
11. Tú eres muy inteligente.
12. Yo tengo que estudiar.
13. Ellas hablan español.
14. ¿Usted tiene el libro?
239
nombre
Estar
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb estar in the blank.
15. Él
enfermo.
16. Nosotros
en la escuela.
17. Tú
tarde.
18. Yo
cansado.
19. Usted
en la clase.
Ser
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb ser in the blank.
20. La mesa
de madera.
21. Juan y María
22. Yo
23.
24. Tú
inteligentes.
de los Estados Unidos de América.
las tres de la tarde.
alto.
Estar vs. Ser
Directions: Write the conjugation for the appropriate verb, ser or estar, in the space provided.
25. ¿De dónde
26. Usted
27. ¿Cómo
28. María
29. Flagstaff
usted?
muy inteligente.
usted?
un estudiante de español.
en Arizona.
241
nombre
Prepositions
Directions: Select the appropriate preposition
from the answer key and write the letter in the blank.
30. Comemos (before)
31. El libro es (of )
32. Estudiamos (after)
33. Nadan (in)
34. Camino (to)
la escuela.
Juan.
que comemos.
el océano.
a. después de
b. de
c. a
d. antes de
e. en
la escuela.
Tener
Directions: Write the correct conjugation of the verb tener in the space provided.
35. Usted
36. Ustedes
37. La muchacha
que tomar el exámen.
las plumas.
una casa roja.
38. Yo
que hablar español.
39. Tú
que cantar.
Colors
Directions: Write the letter of the color word in the corresponding space.
40. negro
a. orange
41. anaranjado
b. pink
42. café
c. brown
43. morado
d. black
44. rosa
e. purple
243
nombre
Directions: Write the correct demonstrative adjective or pronoun in the corresponding space.
45.
(this) libro es de español.
46. Hay que leer
47.
(those) libros.
(these masculine things) no son míos.
48.
a. éstos
b. aquéllas
c. esos
d. este
e. esa
(that) muchacha es alta.
49. Esas casas son blancas,
(those over there) no son.
Telling Time
Directions: Identify the time on the clock and write the letter of your response on the
appropriate space.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
2
3
a. es la una
3
b. son las ocho y cuarto
3
c. son las seis y media
3
d. son las tres menos cuarto
3
e. es medianoche
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
245
test
lessons 11 - 19
Lesson 20 Test Sheet A
nombre
Question Words
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
¿Quién?
¿Cuál?
¿Qué?
¿Dónde?
¿Cuánto?
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Where?
How Much?
Who?
Which?
What?
Question Word Order
Directions: Change the order of the words to turn the sentence into a question.
Write the complete sentence in Spanish on the space provided.
6. Juan come.
7. Ellas nadan en el océano.
8. La mesa es de madera.
9. Tú eres inteligente.
10. Ustedes son de México.
Negation
Directions: Change these sentences to negatives and write the complete sentence
in Spanish on the space provided.
11. Ellos cantan muy bien.
12. Nosotros estudiamos francés.
13. María tiene los libros.
14. Yo vivo en Texas.
249
Lesson 20 Test Sheet B
nombre
Estar
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb estar in the blank.
15. Nosotros
16. Yo
cansados.
bien.
17. Los Ángeles
18. Ellas
19. Tú
en California.
tardes.
en la escuela.
Ser
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb ser in the blank.
20.
la una de la tarde.
21. Juan y María
22. Nosotros
23. Usted
24. Yo
estudiantes.
amigos.
muy inteligente.
de los Estados Unidos de América.
Estar vs. Ser
Directions: Write the conjugation for the appropriate verb, ser or estar, in the space provided.
25. ¿Qué hora
26. Estos libros
27. Las Vegas
?
de Juan.
en Nevada.
28. Tú
29. Yo
bien, gracias.
251
Lesson 20 Test Sheet C
nombre
Prepositions
Directions: Select the appropriate preposition
from the answer key and write the letter in the blank.
30. Nosotros cantamos (with)
la maestra.
31. Nosotros cantamos (in)
la clase.
32. Nosotros cantamos (before)
33. Nosotros corremos (to)
que comemos.
la escuela.
34. Nosotros corremos (through)
a. en
b. a
c. con
d. por
e. antes de
la escuela.
Tener
Directions: Write the correct conjugation of the verb tener in the space provided.
35. Nosotros
36. Usted
los libros.
37. Yo
un auto rojo.
38. Tú
que estudiar.
39. Ellos
que correr a la escuela.
Colors
40. verde
a. blue
41. blanco
b. red
42. azul
c. yellow
43. amarillo
d. green
44. rojo
e. white
253
Lesson 20 Test Sheet D
nombre
Directions: Write the correct demonstrative adjective or pronoun in the corresponding space.
45.
(this) casa es linda.
46. Tengo que leer
(these) libros.
47.
(these feminine things) no son mías.
48.
(that) muchacho es inteligente.
49. Estos libros son de español,
over there) no son.
(those
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
estos
aquéllos
ese
esta
éstas
Telling Time
Directions: Identify the time on the clock and write the letter of your response on the
appropriate space.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
10
9
8
11 12 1
7
2
5
6
11 12 1
7
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
11 12 1
7
6
5
a. es la una y media
3
b. son las nueve menos cuarto
2
4
5
6
11 12 1
3
4
2
3
c. son las tres
3
d. son las seis y cuarto
3
e. es mediodía
4
2
4
2
4
Extra Credit
Directions: Translate and write the following sentence into English.
55. Tiene que abrir el libro amarillo.
Directions: Translate and write the following sentence into Spanish.
56. We have to have these red cars.
255
lessons 21 - 30
lesson plan
21
Topics Covered:
Dialogue
The Verb Ir
Ir + a + infinitive
Days of the Week
Months of the Year
Dialogue
A: Hola, Jaime. ¿A dónde vas? (Hello, James. Where are you going?)
B: Voy a esquiar. (I am going to ski.)
A: ¿De quién son los eskis? (Who’s skis are those? literal translation: Of who are the skis?)
B: Son míos, pero la ropa es de Juan. (They are mine, but the clothes are Juan’s.)
A: ¿Es la chaqueta de Juan también? (Is the jacket Juan’s also?)
B: Sí, es la suya. (Yes, it is his.)
A: Hay que usar una chaqueta. Hace frío. (One must use a jacket. It’s cold.)
B: Sí, tengo frío. (Yes, I’m cold.)
A: Yo también. (Me too.)
B: ¿Vamos a tomar un chocolate caliente? (We go to drink a hot chocolate?)
A: Buena idea. Vamos. (Good idea. We go.)
The Verb Ir
ir / to go
Yo voy
Tú vas
Él/Ella va
Nosotros vamos
Vosotros váis
Ellos van
Remember that the present tense of Spanish can represent either the simple present I go
or the present progressive I am going.
Ir + a + infinitive
If you use the verb ir plus the word a plus another verb in the infinitive, you can say I am going
to … and then say the verb of what you are going to do.
Examples:
I am going to eat tacos. Voy a comer tacos.
You all are going to study Spanish. Ustedes van a estudiar español.
She is going to have to go. Ella va a tener que ir.
259
lesson plan
21
Days of the Week
calendario
un día
semana
calendar
a day (note the gender of the noun)
week
The days of the week are not capitalized in Spanish.
Many calendars in Spanish start with Monday.
lunes
martes
miércoles
jueves
viernes
sábado
domingo
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
Sunday
Months of the Year
enero
febrero
marzo
abril
mayo
junio
julio
agosto
septiembre
octubre
noviembre
diciembre
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Notice that none of the months of the year are capitalized, nor do any of them
have accent marks.
260
21
escuela
repetir
palabras
cocinar
calendario
un día
semana
trabajar
bailar
hablar
estudiar
visitar
cantar
nadar
biblioteca
café
playa
museo
hotel
estación del tren
fecha
hoy
school
to repeat
words
to cook
calendar
a day
week
to work
to dance
to speak
to study
to visit
to sing
to swim
library
café, coffee, brown
beach
museum
hotel
train station
date
today
261
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 5
Skiing
A: Hola, Jaime. ¿A dónde vas?
B: Voy a esquiar.
A: ¿De quién son los eskis?
B: Son míos, pero la ropa es de Juan.
A: ¿Es la chaqueta de Juan también?
B: Sí, es la suya.
A: Hay que usar una chaqueta. Hace frío.
B: Sí, tengo frío.
A: Yo también.
B: ¿Vamos a tomar un chocolate caliente?
A: Buena idea. Vamos.
263
Ir + a + infinitive
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the verb ir (to go).
INFINITIVE
ir / to go
yo
voy
nosotros (as)
vamos
tú
vas
vosotros (as)
váis
él, ella,
usted
va
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
van
!
Ir + a + an infinitive tells what is going to happen.
Ejemplo: Yo voy a viajar mañana. (I’m going to travel tomorrow.)
Directions: Tell what the following people are going to do tomorrow
by combining the given elements.
Ejemplo: Ana / cantar
Ana va a cantar mañana.
1. Susana / trabajar
2. Yo / bailar
3. Marco / hablar
4. Nosotros / estudiar
5. Los amigos / visitar
6. Martha / cantar
7. Los hermanos / cocinar
8. Martín y Daniel / nadar
265
Ir a
nombre
Directions: Answer the following questions using ir a and the
place in the picture. Remember to use the contraction “al” where
appropriate.
la biblioteca = the library
el café = the café
la playa = the beach
el museo = the museum
Ejemplo: ¿Adónde va Carlota?
el hotel = the hotel
Carlota va al cine.
la estación del tren =
the train station
1. ¿Adónde vas tú?
2. ¿Adónde va Rosita?
Q
PAR UE
3. ¿Adónde van Jorge y Carmen?
4. ¿Adónde van los turistas?
5. ¿Adónde va usted?
6. ¿Adónde váis?
267
Los meses del año
nombre
Directions: Below is a list of useful vocabulary, study it for use in this activity.
Days of the Week
lunes
martes
miércoles
jueves
=
=
=
=
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
viernes
sábado
domingo
= Friday
= Saturday
= Sunday
julio
agosto
septiembre
octubre
noviembre
diciembre
=
=
=
=
=
=
Months of the Year
enero
febrero
marzo
abril
mayo
junio
=
=
=
=
=
=
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Directions: Write the dates in Spanish that are
indicated on the calendars.
5 6
12
Ejemplos:
¿Cuál es la fecha de hoy? (What is today’s date?)
Hoy es el cinco de mayo. (Today is the 5th of May.)
13
19
20
26
27
¿Cuál es la fecha de hoy? (What is today’s date?)
Hoy es el primero de julio. (Today is July 1st.)
7
14
15
21
16 17 18
15
30
23 24
29
25
30 31
3
5
4
6
17 18 19
16
22
28
4
9 10 11 12 13
8
14
9 10 11
2
1
7
2
8
21 22
28
3
1
20
30
23 24
29 30
25 26 27
31
1. ¿Cuál es la fecha de hoy?
es el
de
.
4
5
11
12
18
19
25
27
3
10
16 17
30
21
28
2
8 9
13 14 15
20
26
1
7
6
22 23 24
29 30
31
2. ¿Cuál es la fecha de hoy?
es el
de
1
.
2
8
15
22
29
269
3
4
5
6
7
9 10 11 12 13 14
16 17
23
30
24
31
18 19 20
25
21
30
26 27 28
Los días y los meses Crucigrama
nombre
Directions: Using the clues, write the words in Spanish in the spaces.
across
4. Saturday
8. August
9. Sunday
11. June
12. January
13. April
14. Thursday
16. December
17. October
18. Friday
down
1. Tuesday
2. February
3. Wednesday
5. Monday
6. March
7. November
10. May
14. July
15. September
271
lesson plan
22
Topics Covered:
The Verb Hacer
Hace with Weather and Seasons
The Verb Hacer
The verb hacer means to make or do. The h is silent. It is conjugated like this:
hacer / to make, do
Yo hago
Tú haces
Él/Ella hace
Nosotros hacemos
Vosotros hacéis
Ellos hacen
Hace with Weather and Seasons
In Spanish the seasons are:
primavera
verano
otoño
invierno
spring
summer
fall
winter
When we talk about what the weather is doing, we use the word hacer. The word for
weather is tiempo. This is also the word for time. That’s why when we ask what time it is we
say what hour is it instead of saying what time is it because then we would be asking about
the weather.
To ask what the weather is like, we ask:
¿Qué tiempo hace?
What is the weather is doing?
En verano hace calor.
In the summer it is hot.
273
22
hacer
nada
tarea
primavera
verano
otoño
invierno
tiempo
calor
fresco
frío
hacer planes
hacer un picnic
hacer una fiesta
hacer una barbacoa
hacer la maleta
viento
sol
húmedo
nublado
relámpago
nieva
trueno
llueve
lloviendo
nevando
to make, to do
nothing
homework
spring
summer
fall (autumn)
winter
weather, time
hot
cool
cold
to make plans
to have a picnic
to have a party
to have a barbeque
to pack a suitcase
wind
sun
humid
cloudy
lightning
snow
thunder
to rain
raining
snowing
275
Hacer
nombre
Hacer
Here are the subject pronouns and the endings for the verb hacer (to do).
INFINITIVE
hacer / to do
yo
hago
nosotros (as)
hacemos
tú
haces
vosotros (as)
hacéis
él, ella,
usted
hace
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
hacen
Directions: ¿Qué hacen ellos? What are they doing?
Use the phrases below to help you conjugate the verb hacer to complete the
sentence in Spanish for each picture.
hacer la tarea = to do homework
hacer planes = to make plans
hacer un picnic = to have a picnic
col
hacer una fiesta = to have a party
hacer una barbacoa = to have a barbeque
hacer la maleta = to pack your suitcase
a
Ellos
Nosotros
Manuel
Usted
Tú
Yo
277
Las estaciones
nombre
Directions: Write the names of the seasons in the blanks by the pictures.
1.
3.
2.
4.
word bank
Directions: Complete the sentences using
the appropriate phrases in the word bank.
hace frío = it is cold
hace fresco = it is cool
hace calor = it is hot
hace viento = it is windy
1. ¿Qué tiempo hace en invierno?
3. ¿Qué tiempo hace en primavera?
En invierno,
.
En primavera,
2. ¿Qué tiempo hace verano?
En verano,
.
4. ¿Qué tiempo hace otoño?
.
En otoño,
279
.
Weather
nombre
¿Qué tiempo hace? (What’s the weather like?)
Hace buen tiempo.
Hace sol. = It’s sunny.
Hace calor. = It’s warm.
Más o menos.
Hace fresco.
Hace viento.
Está húmedo.
Está nublado.
=
=
=
=
Hace mal tiempo.
It’s cool.
It’s windy.
It’s humid.
It’s cloudy.
Hace frío.
=
Relampaguea. =
Nieva.
=
Trueno.
=
Llueve.
=
It’s cold.
There’s lightning.
It’s snowing.
It’s thundering.
It’s raining.
Directions: Find and circle the words from the word bank.
Words can run backwards, forwards, up, down and diagonally.
Está lloviendo.
Está nevando.
Está nublado.
Hace buen tiempo.
Hace calor.
Hace fresco.
Hace frío.
Hace mal tiempo.
Hace sol.
Hace viento.
¿Qué tiempo hace?
281
lesson plan
23
Topics Covered:
Stem - Changing Verbs e
Possessive Adjectives
Stem - Changing Verbs e
ie
ie
The stem of the verb is what is left after you take away the – ar, - ir, or – er ending.
Example:
hablar = habl
vivir = viv
comer = com
Some verbs change their stems in some persons before adding the conjugation endings.
Examples of stem changing verbs from e ie:
pensar / to think
Yo pienso
Tú piensas
Él/Ella piensa
Nosotros pensamos
Vosotros pensáis
Ellos piensan
An adjective is a word used to modify a noun. A possessive adjective shows that someone
or some thing owns or possesses something.
Examples:
This is John’s book.
This is his book.
Here are the possessive adjectives in Spanish:
my
your
his/her/its
mi
tu
su
our
your
their
nuestro
vuestro
su
Notice that the first and second persons plural end with the letter “o”. All possessive
adjectives have to match the number and gender of the word they are linked with.
Examples:
I have my shoes.
I have to do my homework.
Tengo mis zapatos.
Tengo que hacer mi tarea.
283
23
pensar
empezar
entender
preferir
mi
tu
su
nuestro
vuestro
tarea
perder
querer
mentir
negar
regar
sentir
to think
to begin, to start
to understand
to prefer
my
your (singular, familiar)
his, her, their, your (singular and plural, polite)
our
your (plural, familiar)
homework
to lose
to want
to lie
to deny
to water
to feel
285
Stem - Changing Verbs (e
ie)
nombre
Regular stem - changing e
ie verbs.
Study the chart below to conjugate the endings for the verb pensar (to think).
INFINITIVE
pensar / to think
yo
pienso
nosotros (as)
pensamas
tú
piensas
vosotros (as)
pensáis
él, ella,
usted
piensa
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
piensan
Here are other e
ie stem - changing verbs to learn.
pensar = to think
empezar = to begin
perder = to lose
entender = to understand
querer
= to want
preferir = to prefer
mentir = to lie
negar = to deny
regar = to water a plant
sentir = to feel
Directions: Complete the sentence by choosing the correct verb.
1. La clase de español
2. Norma y José
3. Yo
4. Nosotros
5. Ella no
a las ocho en punto. (empieza, piensa)
el inglés. (quieren, entienden)
el helado de chocolate. (pierde, prefiero)
comer en el restaurante. (queremos, entendemos)
cenar con nosotros. (quiere, pierde)
Directions: Complete each sentence with the correct form of the indicated verb.
6. Él
7. Nosotros
8. Yo
9 ¿Vosotros
10. Ellos
volver mañana. (pensar)
tomar agua. (querer)
la lección. (entender)
leche? (querer)
el partido de fútbol. (perder)
287
!
nombre
A possessive adjective modifies a noun and shows ownership or possession.
Note that although all possessive adjectives change for number, only nuestro
and vuestro will change for gender.
Singular
Plural
my
mi
mis
your (familiar)
tu
tus
your (formal and plural)
su
sus
his, her
su
sus
our
nuestro (a)
nuestros (as)
your (familiar)
vuestro (a)
vuestros (as)
their
su
sus
Ejemplos:
my book
my books
our house
our dog
our sisters
our brothers
=
=
=
=
=
=
mi libro
mis libros
nuestra casa
nuestro perro
nuestras hermanas
nuestros hermanos
Directions: Translate the possessive adjectives in paranthesis.
1.
amiga (my)
6.
escuela (their)
2.
casas (our)
7.
libros (our)
3.
lápiz (his)
8.
periódico (our)
4.
pluma (her)
9.
clase (your- formal, plural)
5.
familia (your- familiar, plural)
10.
289
profesores (our)
nombre
Directions: Write a sentence which tells the reader that the pictured objects belong to the person
indicated. Remember that the verb ser is used for ownership. Watch for singular and plural.
radio = radio
lápiz = pencil
Ejemplo: (his)
gato = cat
casa = house
libro = book
auto = car
3. (my)
6. (our)
1. (your - informal)
4. (our)
7. (your - plural, informal)
2. (my)
5. (our)
8. (your - formal)
Es su bicicleta.
or
st
Hi
y
291
lesson plan
24
Topics Covered:
Hay
Obligation: Tener que, Hay que, Deber
Hay
The word hay means either there is or there are. It doesn’t have any subject.
Example:
There is a book on the table.
There are five books on the table.
Hay un libro sobre la mesa.
Hay cinco libros sobre la mesa.
Obligation: Tener que, Hay que, Deber
Obligation means that you are required or compelled to do something.
Sometimes obligation is strong, You have to go.
And sometimes it is not as strong, You should go.
In Spanish there are different ways to indicate how strong the obligation is.
The strongest type of obligation in Spanish is the one where we use the verb
tener plus the word que plus the verb in the infinitive.
Example:
You have to go. Tienes que ir.
When you have to do something there is no doubt about how obliged you are.
Obligation that is not quite as strong uses the verb deber plus a verb in the infinitive.
Deber translates as ought or should in this case.
Example:
You ought to go. Debes ir.
The word deber also shows probability or likelihood.
Example:
He should probably be at home. Debe estar en casa.
Also, the verb deber means to owe something.
Example:
I owe my intelligence to my teacher. Debo mi inteligencia a mi maestro.
The weakest form of obligation uses the word hay, plus the word que plus the infinitive.
Example:
One should go. Hay que ir.
293
24
¿qué?
¿cuántos(as)?
hay
gatos
mariposas
pescados
abejas
ballenas
tener
deber
tengo
auto
tomar
taxi
buena nota
aprenderlos
memoria
cansado
gimnasio
biblioteca
comer
cine
what?
how many?
there is, there are
cats
butterflies
fish
bees
whales
to have
to owe, ought, should
I have
car
to drink, to take
taxi
good grade
to learn them
memory
tired
gymnasium
library
to eat
movie
295
Hay
nombre
Hay is an expression meaning “there is” or “there are.”
It is often used with the question words qué and cuántos(as).
Directions: Look at the pictures and write the answers according to the model.
Example: ¿Cuántos perros hay?
Hay tres perros.
1. ¿Cuántos gatos hay?
2. ¿Cuántas mariposas hay?
3. ¿Cuántos pescados hay?
4. ¿Cuántas abejas hay?
5. ¿Cuántas ballenas hay?
297
Tener que, Deber, Hay que
nombre
Obligation
Tener que + infinitive is the strongest way to express obligation or necessity,
“Someone has to do something.”
Tengo que comer las verduras. I have to eat the vegetables.
Armando tiene que escribir una carta. Armando has to write a letter.
Deber (to owe, must) + infinitive shows lesser obligation.
It translates as “should” or “ought.”
Debes ir. You should go.
Debe estar en casa. He ought to be at home.
Hay que + infinitive is the weakest form of obligation, translating as
“one should do something” or “it is necessary to do something.”
Hay que tomar un taxi. It is necessary to take a taxi.
Hay que hacer éso. That should be done.
Directions: Write the correct verb: hay, or a form of the verb tener, or deber.
1. No tengo carro.
I do not have a car.
I have to take a taxi.
que tomar un taxi.
2. Roberto está en España.
Roberto
Robert is in Spain.
Robert has to speak Spanish.
3. Juan no está aquí.
estar en casa.
John is not here.
He must be at home.
4. Para sacar una buena nota,
que estudiar.
To get a good grade,
one must study.
5. Los verbos son importantes.
que aprenderlos de memoria.
The verbs are important.
It is necessary to memorize them.
Directions: Translate the first sentence into English and the second sentence into Spanish.
6. Tiene que estar cansado.
7. You (familiar) must be tired.
299
Obligation
nombre
Fernando has a busy schedule this Saturday. He has written everything down.
Directions: Read the schedule and answer the questions.
Este sábado
8:00 ir al gim
nasio
8:30 ir a ca
sa
10:00 ir a la
casa de Ma
rio
10:30 ir a la
biblioteca
11:30 ir a c
omer
12:15 ir a c
asa y estudia
r
para la cla
se de españo
l
2:45 ir al cin
e
6:00 ir a ca
sa
Ejemplo: ¿Adónde tiene que ir a las ocho?
Tiene que ir al gimnasio.
1. ¿Adónde tiene que ir a las diez?
2. ¿Cuándo debe ir a comer?
3. ¿Adónde tiene que ir a las tres menos cuarto?
4. ¿A qué hora hay que ir al cine?
5. ¿A qué hora debe ir a la casa de Mario?
301
lesson plan
25
Topics Covered:
Stem - Changing Verbs from o ue
Diminutives
Numbers 100 to 1,000,000
Dialogue
Stem - Changing Verbs from o ue
Some verbs change their stems in some persons before adding the conjugation endings.
Examples of stem changing verbs from o ue:
poder / to be able, can
Yo puedo
Nosotros podemos
Tú puedes
Vosotros podéis
Él/Ella puede Ellos pueden
volver / to return
dormir / to sleep
jugar / to play
Diminutives
Diminutive means to make something smaller.
Examples:
• a small dog becomes a doggy
• a small horse is a horsey
• Tim is sometimes called Timmy
To form the diminutive in Spanish, add the endings - ito, - ita, - itos, and - itas
to names of people and things.
Examples:
•
•
•
•
a small perro, or dog, is called a perrito
a small casa is a casita
a group of small muchachos is called a muchachitos
Roberto in the diminutive is Robertito, Ana becomes Anita
Numbers 100 to 1,000,000
Once you get past the number 100, cien changes to ciento.
cien
ciento uno
doscientos
trescientos
cuatrocientos
quinientos
one hundred
one hundred one
two hundred
three hundred
four hundred
five hundred
seiscientos
setecientos
ochocientos
novecientos
mil
millón
303
six hundred
seven hundred
eight hundred
nine hundred
thousand
million
lesson plan
25
Dialogue
A:
B:
¿Tienes hambre? (Are you hungry?)
Sí. Tengo un poquito de hambre. (Yes. I am a little hungry.)
A:
B:
¿Qué quieres comer? (What do you want to eat?)
Prefiero un platito ligero. (I prefer a small, light plate.)
A:
B:
¿Ves las enchiladas en el menú? (Do you see the enchiladas on the menu?)
Sí. Las veo. (Yes. I see them.)
A:
Mis amigos dicen que son buenas. (My friends say that they are good.)
Mesero: ¿Qué les doy? (Waiter: What may I get for you?)
A:
Dame las enchiladas, por favor. (Give me the enchiladas, please.)
B:
Dámelas también. (Give me them also.)
Mesero: Muy bien. En seguida. (Waiter: Very well. Right away.)
304
25
mesero
poder
volver
dormir
jugar
burro
burrito
perro
perrito
muchacho
muchachito
muchacha
muchachita
casa
casita
libro
librito
morder
mostrar
rogar
morir
volar
volver
soñar
tostar
recordar
soler
doler
hermano
hermanito
abuelos
abuelitos
hija
hijita
árbol
arbolito
dolor
dolorito
waiter
to be able, can
to return
to sleep
to play
donkey
little donkey
dog
doggy
boy
little boy
girl
little girl
house
little house
book
little book
to bite
to show
to beg, to request
to die
to fly
to return
to dream
to toast
to remember
to be in the habit of
to hurt, to ache
brother
little brother
grandparents
little grandparents (an endearment)
daughter
little daughter (an endearment)
tree
little tree
pain
little pain
305
Stem - Changing Verbs (o ue)
Stem - changing o
nombre
ue verbs.
Study the chart below to conjugate the endings for the verb poder (to be able to).
INFINITIVE
poder / to be able to
yo
puedo
nosotros (as)
podemos
tú
puedes
vosotros (as)
podéis
él, ella,
usted
puede
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
pueden
Here are other o
morder
mostrar
rogar
morir
=
=
=
=
ue stem - changing verbs to learn.
to bite
to show
to beg
to die
volar
soñar
tostar
jugar
=
=
=
=
to fly
to dream
to toast
to play
recordar
volver
soler
doler
dormir
=
=
=
=
=
to remember
to return
to be in the habit of
to ache, to hurt
to sleep
Directions: Complete each sentence with the correct form of the indicated verb.
1. Yo
2. Él
3. ¿Vosotros
ocho horas cada noche. (dormir)
muchos depaortes. (jugar)
a España? (volver)
4. Ellos no
cerrar la ventana. (poder)
5. ¿Ustedes
estar contentos? (soler)
6. Nosotros
ir a Disneylandia. (rogar)
7. Ella
8. ¿Usted
en avión a Nueva York. (volar)
pan? (tostar)
307
Stem - Changing Verbs (o ue)
nombre
A. Directions: Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verb indicated.
1. Yo
en una cama grande. (dormir)
2. Él
llegar a la escuela a las nueve menos cuarto. (soler)
3. Tú
al fútbol después de las clases. (jugar)
4. Usted
5. Ella
6. Yo
7. Usted
a casa a las seis o seis y media. (volver)
tomar el autobús a la escuela. (poder)
cuando
. (soñar / dormir)
después de jugar mucho. (doler)
B. Directions: Rewrite the sentences in Exercise A in the plural forms.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
309
Diminutives
!
nombre
In Spanish, you can add endings to words to show that they are small in size.
The endings - ito, - itos, - ita, and - itas are called diminutive endings. These
endings can also be used to show that something is special to you.
Study the following examples:
mi hermano
mis abuelos
mi libro
mi casa
mi hermanito
mis abuelitos
mi librito
mi casita
mi hija
el árbol
Roberto
el dolor
mi hijita
el arbolito
Robertito
el dolorito
Directions: Rewrite the following sentences changing the underlined words.
1. Vivo en una casa pequena.
2. Yo tengo un hermano pequeño.
3. En la clase de español escribo en mis cuadernos pequeños.
4. Mi prima pequeña se llama Rosa.
5. Luis pequeño escribe muy bien.
6. Tengo seis perras pequeñas.
311
Numbers to 1,000,000
nombre
Directions: Match the Arabic numerals to the Spanish written form. Write the letter of your
answer in the appropriate space.
1. 210
a. setecientos sesenta
2. 500
b. un millón, ochocientos
3. 760
c. trece mil, cuatrocientos quince
4. 7,600
d. cuarenta y tres millones, cuatrocientos mil,
ciento ochenta
5. 13,415
e. quinientos
6. 58,900
f. cuatrocientos mil
7. 100,100
g. doscientos diez
8. 400,000
h. siete mil, seiscientos
9. 1,000,800
i. cien mil, cien
10. 43,400,180
j. cincuenta y ocho mil, novecientos
Directions: Write the following numbers in Arabic numerals in the space provided.
11. cuatrocientos treinta y dos
12. novecientos noventa y nueve
13. once mil, setecientos veinte y cinco
14. un millón, ciento cincuenta y dos mil, quinientos doce
15. cuarenta y siete millones, doscientos mil, seiscientos
Extra Credit
Directions: Write the following number in Spanish.
16. 187,423,965
313
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 6
Un Restaurante
A:
¿Tienes hambre?
B:
Sí. Tengo un poquito de hambre.
A:
¿Qué quieres comer?
B:
Prefiero un platito ligero.
A:
¿Ves las enchiladas en el menú?
B:
Sí. Las veo.
A:
Mis amigos dicen que son buenas.
Mesero: ¿Qué les doy?
A:
Dame las enchiladas, por favor.
B:
Dámelas también.
Mesero: Muy bien. En seguida.
315
lesson plan
26
Topics Covered:
Stem - Changing Verbs from e
Pedir vs. Preguntar
Possessive Pronouns
Stem - Changing Verbs from e
i
i
servir / to serve
Yo sirvo
Tú sirves
Él/Ella sirve
Nosotros servimos
Vosotros servís
Ellos sirven
decir / to say, to tell
Yo digo
Tú dices
Él/Ella dice
Nosotros decimos
Vosotros decís
Ellos dicen
seguir / to continue, to follow
pedir / to ask for
Pedir vs. Preguntar
In English we can ask something or we can ask for something. In Spanish, there are two separate
words for to ask. This is another case of divergence.
Pedir is to ask for something.
Preguntar is to ask something, like a question.
Possessive Pronouns
Possessive pronouns are words that show possession, and they are pronouns, so they take the
place of nouns.
Here is a chart of the possessive pronouns in Spanish with their English counterparts:
mine
yours
his/hers/its
mío
tuyo
suyo
ours
yours
theirs
nuestro
vuestro
suyo
Notice that all of these end with an o. The endings will be determined by the nouns they are
replacing.
Examples:
That, over there, is our book. Aquél es el nuestro. (If you understand that we are talking about
the book.)
He says that it is his (singular, masculine thing). Dice que es el suyo.
317
26
servir
seguir
reglas
decir
verdad
pedir
preguntar
predecir
acertar
vestir
gemir
mesero
desayuno
jugo
ayuda
cena
muñeca
favor
libro
to serve
to continue, to follow
rules
to say, to tell
truth
to ask for
to ask
to predict
to hit the mark
to dress
to grieve, to groan
waiter
breakfast
juice
help
dinner
doll
favor
book
319
Stem Changing Verbs (e
i)
Stem - changing e
nombre
i verbs.
Study the chart below to conjugate the endings for the verb servir (to serve).
INFINITIVE
servir/ to serve
yo
sirvo
nosotros (as)
servimos
tú
sirves
vosotros (as)
servís
él, ella,
usted
sirve
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
sirven
Here are other e
i stem - changing verbs to learn.
decir
= to say
predecir = to predict
!
pedir = to ask for
vestir = to clothe, to dress
acertar = to hit the mark
gemir = to grieve, to mourn
seguir = to continue, to follow
Note: The first person singular of the verb decir is digo
and the first person singular of seguir is sigo.
Directions: Write the correct letter in the blank.
1. Yo
.
a. sigues
b. sirvo
c. decimos
2. Tú
.
a. pides
b. seguimos
c. dicen
3. Él
.
a. digo
b. piden
c. sirve
4. Ella
.
a. sigue
b. pedís
c. dices
5. Usted
.
a. sirvo
b. decís
c. pide
6. Nosotros
.
a. siguen
b. decimos
c. servís
7. Nosotras
.
a. servís
b. seguimos
c. pides
8. Vosotros
.
a. servís
b. siguen
c. digo
9. Vosotras
.
a. sigue
b. sirve
c. pedís
10. Ellos
.
a. decís
b. siguimos
c. dicen
11. Ellas
.
a. siguen
b. dices
c. pide
12. Ustedes
.
a. servimos
b. sigue
c. dicen
321
i)
nombre
Directions: Write the correct conjugation of the given verb in the blank.
1. ¿Qué
el mesero? (servir)
2. Nosotros
el desayuno. (pedir)
3. Mariana
sus muñecas. (vestir)
4. Yo
las reglas. (seguir)
5. Ellos
que debo de
mesero = waiter
desayuno = breakfast
jugo = juice
ayuda = help
reglas = rules
cena = dinner
muñeca = doll
estudiar más. (decir)
verdad = truth
6. Vosotros
ayuda. (pedir)
7. Mi madre
la cena. (servir)
8. Martin y yo
la verdad. (decir)
favor = favor
libro = book
Pedir vs. Preguntar
!
Pedir is used to ask for something.
Preguntar is used to ask something, like a question.
Directions: Decide whether the correct verb is pedir or preguntar and write the conjugated form in
the blank.
9. Ellos
dinero.
10. Nosotros
¿a qué hora es el desayuno?
11. Tú debes
el libro del maestro.
12. Ella
13. Ustedes
un favor.
¿cómo se llama él?
323
Possessive Pronouns
!
nombre
Possessive pronouns take the place of a noun and show ownership or possession.
Because they are pronouns, they must reflect the gender and number of the noun
they are replacing.
mine
yours
his / her / its
ours
yours
theirs
mío
tuyo
suyo
nuestro
vuestro
suyo
Directions: Write the correct translation.
Ejemplo: mine (la corbata) =
la mía
1. mine (el cuaderno) =
6. hers (las muñecas) =
2. yours, formal (el teléfono) =
7. theirs (las reglas) =
3. his (el hijo) =
8. yours, informal (los jugos) =
4. ours (la hija) =
9. ours (los favores) =
5. yours, informal (el auto) =
10. mine (los libros) =
Directions: Rewrite the following sentences substituting the possessive pronouns for the
underlined possessive adjectives plus nouns.
11. El mesero sirve mi desayuno a las siete.
12. Ellos preguntan ¿dónde está tu casa?
13. Anita viste sus muñecas en ropa nueva.
14. Yo sigo sus reglas.
15. Nosotros pedimos nuestros libros.
325
lesson plan
27
Topics Covered:
Irregular Verbs Dar and Ver
Direct Object Pronouns
The verb dar means to give. Here is it’s conjugation:
dar / to give
Yo doy
Tú das
Él/Ella da
Nosotros damos
Vosotros dais
Ellos dan
The verb ver, to see, is conjugated like this:
ver / to see
Yo veo
Tú ves
Él/Ella ve
Nosotros vemos
Vosotros veis
Ellos ven
Remember to use the personal “a” if you see a person.
Example:
I see Mr. Morris. Veo al señor Morris.
Direct objects are nouns or pronouns that are directly related to the action of the verb without
a preposition between the verb and the following noun or pronoun. They usually answer the
question what? Or whom?
Here is the chart of direct object pronouns in Spanish:
Direct Object Pronouns (Subject Pronouns)
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
me (me)
te (you)
lo (him)
la (her)
lo/la (it)
plural
nos (us)
os (you)
los (them masculine)
las (them feminine)
los/las (them)
327
lesson plan
27
Examples:
The direct object pronouns in English come after the verb. He speaks it. In Spanish they come
before the verb.
He speaks it. Lo habla.
They see him. Lo ven.
They see her. La ven.
It is important to know what the gender and number of things are when you are using the direct
object pronouns. Not all verbs have to have direct objects after them. Some verbs do not need a
direct object. Verbs that require a direct object are called transitive verbs. Verbs that don’t need a
direct object are called intransitive.
An example of a transitive verb is to throw. I throw the football.
An example of an intransitive verb would be to sleep. I sleep.
Some verbs can be either transitive or intransitive. I see. I see the teacher.
328
27
dar
ver
amigo
dinero
fiesta
examen
gracias
cumpleaños
lección
difícil
curso
libro
casa
pluma
la leche
revista
to give
to see
friend
money
party
exam, test
thanks
birthday
lesson
difficult
course
book
house
pen, feather
the milk
magazine
329
Dar
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the irregular verb dar (to give).
INFINITIVE
dar / to give
yo
doy
nosotros (as)
damos
tú
das
vosotros (as)
dais
él, ella,
usted
da
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
dan
1. Yo
.
2. Ellos
.
3. Vosotros
4. Él
.
.
5. Ustedes
.
a. das
b. doy
c. dan
a. dais
b. dan
c. da
a. doy
b. dais
c. das
a. da
b. damos
c. dan
a. dan
b. dais
c. doy
Directions: Write the correct conjugation.
6. Tatiana
7. Ellos
el dinero a su amiga.
una fiesta.
amigo = friend
8. El profesor de matemáticas
muchos exámenes.
dinero = money
fiesta = party
9. Yo
las gracias a la profesora de español.
10. Vosotros
la fiesta de cumpleaños.
11. Lucía y yo
una lección de inglés.
examen = exam
gracias = thanks
cumpleaños = birthday
lección = lecture
12. La Sra. Madrid
13. Mario y Mónica
muchos exámenes difíciles.
un curso de biología.
331
curso = course
Ver
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the irregular verb ver (to see).
INFINITIVE
ver / to see
yo
veo
nosotros (as)
vemos
ves
vosotros (as)
Ustedes
ellos, ellos,
ustedes
véis
tú
Usted
él, ella,
usted
ve
ven
1. Vosotros
.
2. Yo
3. Él
.
.
4. Ustedes
5. Tú
.
.
a. ve
b. véis
c. veo
a. ven
b. vemos
c. veo
a. ve
b. ves
c. vemos
a. ven
b. ve
c. ves
a. vemos
b. ven
c. ves
Directions: Translate the following sentences into Spanish.
6. I see my friend.
7. She sees the money.
8. Do you see the party?
9. At six we see the news (noticias).
10. You all (formal) see a movie (película).
333
!
nombre
A direct object is a noun or pronoun that answers the question “who” or “what.”
If it is a pronoun, it must reflect the number and gender of the noun it replaces.
Directions: Fill in the blank with the correct pronoun.
Choose from the following:
Singular
Plural
person
me (me)
nos (us)
2nd person
te (you)
os (you)
3rd person
lo (him)
los (masc.)
la (her)
lo / la (it)
las (fem.)
los / las (them)
1st
1. I love you.
amo.
2. They want the book (it).
quieren.
3. You - all (familiar) want the house (it).
4. Pablo knows me.
queréis.
conoce.
libro = book
5. I know them (Pablo and Mónica).
6. I have the pen (it).
conozco.
pluma = pen
tengo.
7. You love me.
la leche = milk
amas.
8. You - all (formal) drink milk (it).
beben.
9. He buys the magazines (them).
compra.
10. They see Mónica (her).
casa = house
revista = magazine
ven.
Directions: Translate the following sentences by writing the correct form of the verb.
11. She believes it. (creer)
Lo
.
12. You-all (formal) understand us. (comprender)
Nos
.
13. She looks at me. (mirar)
Me
.
14. I love her. (amar)
La
.
15. You (familiar) understand the lessons. (comprender)
Las
.
335
lesson plan
28
Topics Covered:
Indirect Object Pronouns
Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns in Sentences
Indirect objects are nouns or pronouns that receive the action of the verb indirectly.
They usually answer the question “to whom” or “to what.”
Example:
Mary writes to the teacher.
Here is a chart of indirect object pronouns in Spanish:
Indirect Object Pronouns Spanish (English)
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
plural
me (me)
te (you)
le (him)
le (her)
le (it)
nos (us)
os (you)
les (them masculine)
les (them feminine)
les (them)
The only differences between the indirect object pronouns and direct object pronouns come
in the third person singular and plural. It is always le for singular and les for plural. The indirect
object pronoun comes before the verb, just like the direct object pronoun did.
Examples:
Mary writes me.
We greet you.
María me escribe.
Te saludamos.
Direct & Indirect Object Pronouns in Sentences
Sometimes you have both a direct object pronoun and an indirect object in the same sentence.
When the indirect object pronouns le or les are used with the direct object pronouns lo, la, or
las, the indirect object pronoun is replaced with se.
Example:
The teacher gives us homework. El maestro nos da tarea.
The teacher gives it (homework) to us. El maestro nos la da.
Juan gives it (the book) to her. Juan se lo da.
For the third persons singular and plural, you always have to put le plus the verb, with the direct
object plus a plus the indirect object.
Example:
Juan gives his teacher a book. Juan le da un libro a la maestra.
337
28
regalo
flor
mesero
propina
dinero
perro
hueso
gift, present
flower
waiter
tip
money
dog
bone
339
!
nombre
Indirect objects are nouns or pronouns that receive the action of the verb indirectly.
They usually answer the questions “to whom” or “to what.” If the indirect object is a
pronoun, it must reflect the number and gender of the noun it replaces.
Singular
Plural
person
me (me)
nos (us)
2nd person
te (you)
os (you)
3rd person
le (him)
les (masc.)
le (her)
le (it)
les (fem.)
les (them)
1st
regalo = gift
Directions: Choose the correct pronoun.
flor = flower
Ejemplo: José compra un regalo para mí.
José me compra un regalo.
mesero = waiter
propina = tip
1. Compro el regalo para ti.
dinero = money
compro el regalo.
2. Juan compra flores para ella.
Juan
4. Ellos dan una propina a mí.
compra flores.
Ellos
3. El mesero (waiter) da el menú a ellos.
El mesero
dan una propina.
5. María da el dinero a Susana.
da el menú.
María
Directions: Translate the phrases.
Ejemplo: He gives her (dar)
Él le da.
6. we bring to you. (familiar) (traer)
7. she gives us. (dar)
8. Sara buys me. (comprar)
9. we tell them. (decir)
10. they (feminine) give her. (dar)
341
da el dinero.
nombre
Directions: Find the direct object (DO) and the indirect object (IO).
Write only the noun, not the article.
Ejemplo: He gives the book to Martha.
DO = book
IO = Martha
1. Give the dog a bone.
a. DO =
b. IO =
5. You owe us a tip.
a. DO =
b. IO =
2. He sang them a song.
a. DO =
b. IO =
6. The waiter serves them breakfast.
a. DO =
b. IO =
3. He gave her the gift.
a. DO =
b. IO =
7. They bring me the magazines.
a. DO =
b. IO =
4. He buys me flowers.
a. DO =
b. IO =
8. They ask the waiter for milk.
a. DO =
b. IO =
Directions: Translate the following sentences into Spanish using direct and indirect object
pronouns in each sentence.
9. He gives the dog a bone.
perro = dog
hueso = bone
10. He sings them a song.
canción = song
la flor = flower
regalo = gift
11. He gives her the gift.
12. He buys me flowers.
343
lesson plan
29
Ir
Ir + a + infinitive
Days of the Week
Months of the Year
Hacer
Hacer with Weather and Seasons
Stem - Changing e ie
Hay
Obligation
Numbers 100 - 1,000,000
Stem - Changing Verbs o ue
Diminutives
Stem - Changing Verbs e i
Pedir vs. Preguntar
Possessive Pronouns
Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns
Lesson 21
Lesson 21
Lesson 21
Lesson 21
Lesson 22
Lesson 22
Lesson 23
Lesson 23
Lesson 24
Lesson 24
Lesson 25
Lesson 25
Lesson 25
Lesson 26
Lesson 26
Lesson 26
Lesson 27
Lesson 27
Lesson 28
Lesson 28
345
29
347
nombre
Ir
Directions: Match the conjugation to the subject pronoun.
1. él
2. ustedes
3. tú
4. yo
5. nosotros
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
vas
vamos
va
voy
van
Ir + a + infinitive
Directions: Select the correct translation and write the letter of your response in the space provided.
6. They are going to have the book.
a. Van a tener el libro.
b. Tienen el libro.
c. Van a tener que tener el libro.
7. We are going to go to a party.
a. Tenemos una fiesta.
b. Vamos a ir a una fiesta.
c. Tenemos que ir a una fiesta.
8. You are going to have to eat tacos.
a. Vas a comer tacos.
b. Comes tacos.
c. Vas a tener que comer tacos.
9. He is going to swim.
a. Tiene que nadar.
b. Nada.
c. Va a nadar.
10. I am going to read this exam.
a. Leo el examen.
b. Tengo que leer el examen.
c. Voy a leer este examen.
349
nombre
Days of the Week / Months
Directions: Match the words by writing the letter of your answer in the appropriate space.
11. ¿Que tiempo hace en verano?
a. What is the weather in fall?
12. Tuesday
b. sábado
13. winter
c. Hace frío.
14. Wednesday
d. martes
15. May
e. invierno
16. spring
f. mayo
17. It is cold.
g. What is the weather in summer?
18. ¿Que tiempo hace en otoño?
h. primavera
19. Saturday
i. septiembre
20. September
j. miércoles
Stem - Changing e
ie Verbs
Directions: Choose the correct conjugation. Write the letter of your answer in the space provided.
21. Ustedes
a. prefiero
b. preferimos
c. prefieren
22. Yo
a. quiero
b. quiere
c. queremos
correr a escuela.
tacos.
23. La clase de español
a. empiezo
b. empieza
c. empezamos
24. Nosotros
a. piensas
b. pensamos
c. pienso
25. Tú
a. sentimos
b. siento
c. sientes
a las diez.
que español es fácil.
mucho tus errores.
351
nombre
Directions: Write the correct form of the indicated possessive adjective in the space provided.
26.
perros (my)
27.
casa (your familiar)
28.
casas (your polite)
29.
plumas (our)
30.
libro (our)
Obligation
Directions: Choose the best translation and write the letter of your response on the space provided.
31. One must go.
a. Voy a ir.
b. Tengo que ir.
c. Hay que ir.
32. He has to be at home.
a. Debe estar en casa.
b. Va a estar en casa.
c. Tiene que estar en casa.
33. I have to do that.
a. Hay que tener eso.
b. Tengo que hacer eso.
c. Hay que hacer eso.
34. They have to study Spanish.
a. Tienen que estudiar español.
b. Tengo que estudiar español..
c. Tienes que estudiar español.
35. One should eat now.
a. Tenemos que comer ahora.
b. Debemos comer ahora.
c. Hay que comer ahora.
353
nombre
Directions: Match the Arabic numeral to the Spanish number. Write the letter of your answer in the
space provided.
36. quinientos mil
a. 7,400,800
37. doscientos doce
b. 728
38. siete millones, cuatrocientos mil, ochocientos
c. 78,470
39. setecientos veinte y ocho
d. 212
40. setenta y ocho mil, cuatrocientos setenta
e. 500,000
Stem - Changing o
ue Verbs
Directions: Write the conjugation of the verb for the given subject pronoun.
41. usted
(rogar)
42. ustedes
(recordar)
43. yo
(soñar)
44. tú
(morder)
45. nosotros
(soler)
Diminutives
Directions: Write the diminutives of the following nouns in the space provided.
46. hija
47. árbol
48. casas
49. hermanos
50. Roberto
Stem - Changing e
i Verbs
Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer in the space provided.
51. nosotros
a. visites
b. servimos
c. seguís
52. yo
a. digo
b. visten
c. pide
53. ustedes
a. sirve
b. sigo
c. dicen
54. él
a. dice
b. digo
c. decimos
55. tú
a. gimo
b. sirven
c. pides
355
nombre
Pedir vs. Preguntar
Directions: Choose the correct, conjugated form of the verb pedir or preguntar
and write the letter of your response in the space provided.
56. Él
los libros del maestro.
a. pide
b. preguntamos
57. Nosotros
¿dónde está el restaurante?
a. pide
58. Yo
b. pedimos
c. preguntamos
¿cuándo comemos?
a. pido
b. pregunto
59. ¿Usted
c. pregunta
dinero?
a. pedimos
60. Tú
c. pregunta
b. pido
c. pide
¿ya termina el examen?
a. pides
b. pido
c. preguntas
Possessive Pronouns
Directions: Write the correct possessive pronoun for the given noun in the space provided.
61. our (la casa)
62. yours, informal (el árbol)
63. yours, formal, plural (las casas)
64. mine (los teléfonos)
65. hers (el libro)
Dar and Ver
Directions: Choose the correct conjugation of the verbs dar and ver for the given subject pronoun.
Write the letter of your answer in the space provided.
66. tú
a. das
b. veo
c. vemos
67. usted
a. doy
b. da
c. damos
68. yo
a. ves
b. veo
c. dan
69. ustedes
a. das
b. doy
c. ven
70. nosotros
a. vemos
b. dan
c. da
357
Lesson 29 Activity Sheet F
nombre
Direct Objects
Directions: Fill in the blank with the correct direct object pronoun.
me
nos
te
os
lo / la
los / las
71. I know them (masculine).
conozco.
72. We see María (her).
vemos.
73. I have it (singular, masculine).
tengo.
74. He buys the magazines (them, revistas).
compra.
75. I am going to call you.
voy a llamar.
Indirect Objects
Directions: Replace the underlined nouns with the correct indirect object pronoun.
Write your answer on the space provided.
76. María compra un libro para mí.
María
compra un libro.
77. Diana escribe cartas a ellas.
Diana
escribe cartas.
78. Dice la hora a nosotros.
dice la hora.
79. José da dinero a ti.
José
da dinero.
80. Pide un favor a Juan.
pide un favor.
359
test
lessons 21 - 29
nombre
Ir
Directions: Match the conjugation to the subject pronoun.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
nosotros
usted
yo
ellas
tú
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
vas
vamos
va
voy
van
Ir + a + infinitive
Directions: Select the correct translation and write the letter of your response in the space provided.
6. They are going home.
a. Van a ir a casa.
b. Van a casa.
c. Van a tener que ir a casa.
7. We are going to have a party.
a. Tenemos una fiesta.
b. Vamos a tener una fiesta.
c. Tenemos que ir a una fiesta.
8. You are going to eat tacos.
a. Vas a comer tacos.
b. Comes tacos.
c. Vamos a comer tacos.
9. He is going to ask the teacher.
a. Pregunta al maestro.
b. El maestro va a preguntar.
c. Va a preguntar al maestro.
10. I am going to finish this test.
a. Termino el examen.
b. Voy a terminar el examen.
c. El examen me termina.
363
nombre
Days of the Week / Months
Directions: Match the words by writing the letter of your answer in the appropriate space.
11. ¿Qué tiempo hace en invierno?
a. What is the weather in spring?
12. February
b. lunes
13. summer
c. Hace calor.
14. Monday
d. agosto
15. August
e. otoño
16. fall (autumn)
f. febrero
17. It is hot.
g. What is the weather in winter?
18. ¿Qué tiempo hace en primavera?
h. verano
19. Friday
i. enero
20. January
j. viernes
Stem - Changing e
ie Verbs
Directions: Choose the correct conjugation. Write the letter of your answer in the space provided.
21. Tú
a. piensas
b. pensamos
c. pienso
22. Ella
a. quieres
b. quiero
c. quiere
23. Nosotros
a. preferimos
b. prefierimos
c. prefieren
24. Yo
a. empezo
b. empieza
c. empiezo
25. Usted
a. riega
b. rega
c. riegan
ir de vacaciones.
estudiar español.
hablar en inglés.
mi día a las cinco.
las plantas.
365
nombre
26.
libros (our)
27.
escuela (his)
28.
maestro (my)
29.
plumas (your familiar)
30.
amigos (their)
Obligation
31. I have to go.
a. Voy a ir.
b. Tengo que ir.
c. Hay que ir.
32. He should be at home.
33. That should be done.
34. You must study Spanish.
b. Tengo que estudiar español.
c. Tienes que estudiar español.
35. We should eat now.
367
nombre
Directions: Match the Arabic numeral to the Spanish number. Write the letter of your answer in the
space provided.
36. ochocientos setenta y tres
a. 4,500,100
37. cuarenta mil, doscientos quince
b. 955
38. doscientos mil
c. 40, 215
39. cuatro millones, quinientos mil, cien
d. 873
40. novecientos cincuenta y cinco
e. 200,000
Stem - Changing o
ue Verbs
Directions: Write the conjugation of the verb for the given subject pronoun.
41. yo
(poder)
42. nosotros
(dormir)
43. él
(volar)
44. tú
(dormir)
45. ellas
(volver)
Diminutives
46. gato
47. casa
48. hermanas
49. libros
50. Juan
Stem - Changing e
i Verbs
Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer in the space provided.
51. tú
a. visites
b. sirvo
c. seguís
52. usted
a. digo
b. visten
c. pide
53. yo
a. sirve
b. sigo
c. dicen
54. nosotros
a. decís
b. digo
c. decimos
55. ustedes
a. gimo
b. sirven
c. pedimos
369
nombre
Pedir vs. Preguntar
Directions: Choose the correct, conjugated form of the verb pedir or preguntar
and write the letter of your response in the space provided.
56. Ella
, ¿qué hora es?
a. pide
b. preguntamos
57. Nosotros
dinero.
a. pide
58. Yo
b. pedimos
c. preguntamos
, ¿quién es ese muchacho?
a. pido
b. pregunto
59. ¿Usted
un favor?
a. pedimos
60. Tú
c. pregunta
b. pido
c. pregunta
c. pide
¿dónde vive él?
a. pides
b. pido
c. preguntas
Possessive Pronouns
61. mine (el libro)
62. yours, formal (las casas)
63. yours, formal, plural (el árbol)
64. ours (los teléfonos)
65. hers (la muñeca)
Dar and Ver
Directions: Choose the correct conjugation of the verbs dar and ver for the given subject pronoun.
Write the letter of your answer in the space provided.
66. yo
a. das
b. veo
c. vemos
67. nosotros
a. doy
b. da
c. damos
68. tú
a. ves
b. veo
c. dan
69. yo
a. das
b. doy
c. ven
70. ustedes
a. vemos
b. dan
c. da
371
nombre
Direct Objects
Directions: Fill in the blank with the correct direct object pronoun.
me
nos
te
os
lo / la
los / las
71. Juan knows me.
Juan
conoce.
72. They see María (her).
ven.
73. I love you.
amo.
74. You want the house (it / casa).
quieres.
75. We have the books (them / libros).
tenemos.
Indirect Objects
Directions: Replace the underlined nouns with the correct indirect object pronoun.
Write your answer on the space provided.
76. María da el libro a Susana.
María
da el libro.
77. Juan compra flores para nosotros.
Juan
compra flores.
78. El mesero trae el menú a ellos.
El mesero
trae el menú.
79. José presta dinero a mí.
José
presta dinero.
80. Doy el examen a ti.
doy el examen.
373
lessons 31 - 40
lesson plan
31
Topics Covered:
Saber
Conocer
Saber
The word saber means to know something. It is conjugated like this:
saber / to know, to know how
Yo sé
Tú sabes
Él/Ella sabe
Nosotros sabemos
Vosotros sabéis
Ellos saben
The only real different one we see here is the first person singular, sé.
You will use saber when you know a fact or something thoroughly.
Examples:
Do you know what time it is? ¿Sabes qué hora es?
I know how to speak Spanish. Sé hablar español.
Conocer
The verb conocer means to be acquainted with. It is conjugated like this:
conocer / to know, to be acquainted with
Yo conozco
Tú conoces
Él/Ella conoce
Nosotros conocemos
Vosotros conocéis
Ellos conocen
Here again the irregular part of the verb is in the first person singular. Conocer is used in the
sense of knowing or being acquainted with a person, place, or thing. Use this verb when you
know someone or some thing.
Examples:
We know señor Morris.
I know Mexico.
He knows this book.
Conocemos al señor Morris.
Conozco a México.
Conoce este libro.
377
31
saber
conocer
palabra
bailar
vocabulario
cocinar
prima
primo
ciudad
ruso
escribir
tío
jugar
llegan
nadar
vuelven
to know, to know how
to know, to be acquainted with
word
to dance
vocabulary
to cook
cousin (female)
cousin (male)
city
Russian
to write
uncle
to play
they arrive
to swim
they return
379
Saber / Conocer
nombre
Saber and conocer both mean “to know.” Saber is used to indicate knowledge
of a fact, or when you know something thoroughly. Conocer is used in the sense
of knowing or being acquainted with a person, place, or thing.
Study the chart below to conjugate the verbs saber and conocer.
INFINITIVE
saber / to know something
yo
sé
nosotros (as)
sabemos
tú
sabes
vosotros (as)
sabéis
él, ella,
usted
sabe
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
saben
INFINITIVE
conocer / to know, to be acquainted with
yo
conozco
nosotros (as)
conocemos
tú
conoces
vosotros (as)
conocéis
él, ella,
usted
conoce
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
conocen
Directions: Write the correct conjugations of the verb saber.
1. Yo no
2. Tú
3. ¿Usted
4. Él
5. Ella
esa palabra.
bien la lección.
6. Nosotros no
mucho de Puerto Rico.
7. Vosostros
el vocabulario.
dónde está Laura? 8. ¿Ustedes
bailar bien.
cantar.
quién es el muchacho?
9. Ellos
hablar latín.
10. Ellas
cocinar muy bien.
Directions: Write all the correct conjugations of the verb conocer.
11. Yo
12. Tú
13. ¿Usted
14. Él
15. Ella
bien a Mario.
16. Nosotros
dos muchachas cubanas.
a muchas personas.
17. Vosotras
a mi madre.
a mi prima?
18. ¿Ustedes
muy bien esa ciudad.
al padre de Diana.
muy bien ese libro?
19. Ellas no
bien Miami.
20. Ellos
a Jorge.
381
Saber / Conocer
nombre
Directions: Write the indicated form of the verbs saber or conocer, as appropriate.
1. Yo no
2. Diego no
3. ¿Tú
4. Ellos
5. Usted
6. Catalina no
7. ¿Ustedes
8. Yo
9. Vosotros
10. Tú
11. Ellos no
12. Yo no
13. ¿Ustedes
14. Ella
15. ¿Vosotras no
16. ¿Nosotras
17. ¿Quién
18. ¿
19. Tomás
20. ¿Él
hablar francés.
al muchacho.
al doctor Pablo?
leer ruso.
escribir muy bien.
la lección.
a Fernando Garcia?
bien a tu tío Pepe.
mucho en español.
jugar bien al béisbol.
a esa señora.
cuando llegan.
nadar?
bien San Francisco.
a Mariana?
toda la lección?
a esas muchachas?
usted a qué hora vuelven?
bailar y cantar.
bien el estado de Texas?
383
lesson plan
32
Topics Covered:
Llamarse, Reflexive Verbs and Pronouns
Genealogy
Dialogue
Llamarse, Reflexive Verbs and Pronouns
A reflexive verb reflects the action of the verb back onto the subject. When you ask the question,
¿Cómo te llamas? you are really saying, what, you call, from the conjugation of llamar, to call,
and yourself. This reflexive verb llamarse is not the only reflexive verb in Spanish. In Spanish, you
always need to use the reflexive pronoun. In English it is often understood, in Spanish you need
to include it. Here are the reflexive pronouns in Spanish:
Reflexive Pronouns
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
plural
me
te
se
nos
os
se
Examples:
I call myself Roberto. Me llamo Roberto.
There is another verb, lavar, which means to wash. The verb lavarse has the se ending on it.
This means it is a reflexive verb that always needs to have the reflexive pronoun with it.
Examples:
I wash the car. Lavo el auto.
They wash themselves in the morning. Se lavan en la mañana.
Geneology
padre/papá
madre/mamá
hermano
hermana
hijo
hija
abuela
abuelo
tío
tía
primo
prima
dad/father
mom/mother
brother
sister
son
daughter
grandmother
grandfather
uncle
aunt
cousin (male)
cousin (female)
385
lesson plan
32
Dialogue
A: Papá, te quiero preguntar algo. (Dad, I want to ask you something.)
B: Sí, mija. ¿Qué quieres? (Yes, dear. What is it?)
A: ¿Quién es éste en esta foto?(Who is this in this photo?)
B: Es el hijo de tu tía, Ana. Es tu primo. Se llama José. (He is the son of your aunt Ann. He is
your cousin. His name is José.)
A: Ya sé quien es, pero no lo conozco. (Now I know who he is, but I don’t know him.)
B: Debes conocerlo. Los invitamos a visitar. (You should know him. We’ll invite them to visit.)
A: Así podemos conocernos. (That way we can know each other.)
B: ¡Qué buena idea! Les llamamos ahora. (What a great idea! We’ll call them now.)
A: Me gusta mirar fotos de mi familia. (I like to look at photos of my family.)
386
32
llamarse
marcharse
bañarse
reirse
sentirse
levantarse
equivocarse
enfermarse
divertirse
despertarse
despedirse
lavarse
ponerse
cuidarse
casarse
cansarse
alegrarse
afeitarse
acercarse
vestirse
sentarse
acostarse
peinarse
to call oneself
to go away, to leave
to bathe oneself
to laugh
to feel (well, ill)
to get up, to rise
to be mistaken
to become sick
to enjoy oneself
to wake up oneself
to say good-bye to
to wash oneself
to put on (clothing)
to take care of oneself
to get married
to become tired
to be glad
to shave oneself
to approach
to dress oneself
to sit down
to lie down, to go to bed
to comb one’s hair
387
Reflexive Verbs and Pronouns
nombre
Reflexive verbs are used with pronouns to reflect the action back on to the subject.
In English the reflexive pronoun is often omitted as understood. In Spanish, it must
always be included.
Study the chart below to conjugate the verb llamarse (to call oneself ).
INFINITIVE
llamarse / to call oneself
yo
me llamo
nosotros (as)
nos llamamos
tú
te llamas
vosotros (as)
os llamáis
él, ella,
usted
se llama
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
se llaman
Here is a list of some reflexive verbs.
bañarse
reirse
sentirse
marcharse
levantarse
equivocarse
enfermarse
divertirse
despertarse
despedirse
lavarse
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
to bathe, to take a bath
to laugh
to feel (ill, well)
to go away, to leave
to get up, to rise
to be mistaken
to get sick
to enjoy oneself
to wake up oneself
to say good-bye to
to wash oneself
ponerse
cuidarse
casarse
cansarse
alegrarse
afeitarse
acercarse
vestirse
sentarse
acostarse
peinarse
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
to put on (clothing), to set (of sun)
to take care of oneself
to get married
to get tired
to be glad
to shave oneself
to approach
to dress oneself, to get dressed
to sit down
to go to bed, to lie down
to comb one’s hair
Directions: Select the correct conjugated form of the verb and write the letter of your response
in the space provided. Remember that the reflexive pronouns and the conjugations should match.
1. Nosotros
a. nos siento
en la clase de español.
b. me sentamos
2. ¿Tú
en la playa?
a. te diviertes
b. te divierto
3. Ellas
a. se visten
c. nos sentamos
c. me diviertes
en uniformes para la escuela.
b. me visto
c. te vistes
4. Yo
muy bien.
a. te sientes
b. me siento
c. nos sentimos
5. ¿Usted
a. te acuetas
c. se acuesta
tarde?
b. nos acostamos
389
Reflexive Verbs
nombre
Directions: Select the correct reflexive pronoun and write the letter of your answer in the space.
1. Yo
levanto a las siete.
a. me
2. Ellos
a. nos
3. Ella
b. te
c. se
b. os
b. me
5. Ella y yo
b. te
9. Yo
a. te
despertamos tarde.
10. Él
c. se
c. se
llama Alejandro?
a. se
baña por la mañana.
c. se
b. nos
b. nos
8. ¿Usted
c. te
c. te
lavís los pies.
a. os
peina el cabello.
4. Florencio
a. te
b. se
7. Vosotros
c. se
b. se
acuestas tarde.
a. me
lavan las caras.
a. me
a. os
6. Tú
c. me
enfermo cuando como bananas.
b. me
c. se
afeita en la mañana.
a. me
b. se
c. te
Directions: Write the indicated form of the verb in parentheses and the appropriate reflexive pronoun.
Ejemplo: ¿Usted
se acuesta
11. El muchacho
12. Nosotros
13. ¿Ellas
14. Yo
15. ¿Tú
16. ¿Usted
17. Sara
a las nueve? (acostarse)
Alberto. (llamarse)
las manos. (lavarse)
a las cinco? (despertarse)
Julio. (llamarse)
los zapatos? (ponerse)
de la oficina a las cuatro? (marcharse)
tarde. (levantarse)
18. Vosotras
aquí. (sentarse)
19. ¿Ustedes
temprano? (despertarse)
20. Mis primos
antes de comer. (bañarse)
Directions: Answer the questions for yourself using the reflexive verbs.
21. ¿A qué hora te despiertas?
22. ¿Cuándo te levantas?
23. ¿A qué hora te acuestas?
24. ¿Se baña usted?
391
El árbol genealógico
nombre
Directions: Study the relationships among the family members on the family tree.
Using the word bank, fill in the blanks below.
1. Don Sabino es
2. Valeria es
3. Luisa es
4. Doña Rosana es
5. Damián es
6. Rosa es
7. Don Sabino es
8. Manuel es
9. Luisa es
de Carlos.
de Carlos.
de Carlos.
de Carlos.
de Carlos.
de Carlos.
de Damián.
de Rosa.
de Valeria.
10. Manuel es
de Cristina.
11. Manuel es
de Carlos y Luisa.
12. Cristina es
de Carlos y Luisa.
393
la abuela
el abuelo
la mamá
el papá
la hermana
el hermano
la tía
el tío
la prima
el primo
la hija
el hijo
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 7
Fotos de Mi Familia
A: Papá, te quiero preguntar algo.
B:
Sí, mija. ¿Qué quieres?
A: ¿Quién es éste en esta foto?
B:
Es el hijo de tu tía, Ana. Es tu primo. Se llama José.
A: Ya sé quien es, pero no lo conozco.
B:
Debes conocerlo. Los invitamos a visitar.
A: Así podemos conocernos.
B:
¡Qué buena idea! Les llamamos ahora.
A: Me gusta mirar fotos de mi familia.
395
lesson plan
33
Topics Covered:
Gustar and Irregular Verbs
Meals of the Day
Gustar and Irregular Verbs
The verb gustar means to please. For example, in English we could say I like my house. In
Spanish you would say, Me gusta mi casa which translates as “My house pleases me.” Me, it
pleases, is the third person singular because the house is doing it, and then my house. So, my
house, the subject, pleases, the verb gustar in the third person, and me, the person who is being
pleased. If more than one thing is being talked about, for example, I like tacos, the verb has to
be plural, Me gustan los tacos. The only thing that you change with this verb is from the singular to the plural third person and then the subject. The pronouns that we use are the indirect
object pronouns.
Here is the chart of indirect object pronouns.
Indirect Object Pronouns Spanish (English)
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
plural
me (me)
te (you)
le (him)
le (her)
le (it)
nos (us)
os (you)
les (them masculine)
les (them feminine)
les (them)
Examples:
I like Spanish (Spanish pleases me). Me gusta el español.
Here are a some verbs that work this way:
facinar / to fascinate
encantar / to enchant
importar / to matter, to be important
Meals of the Day
desayuno
almuerzo
comida
merienda
cena
first meal of the day, breaking the fast
early morning substantial meal
lunch, biggest meal of the day
afternoon snack
dinner, evening meal
397
33
gustar
facinar
encantar
importar
deportes
música
jugar
comer
comida
nadar
los tacos
las vacaciones
siesta
to please
to fascinate
to enchant
to be important to
sports
music
to play
to eat
food
to swim
the tacos
vacation
afternoon rest, nap
399
Special Verbs with Indirect Object Pronouns
nombre
Some verbs are commonly used in the third person singular or plural with indirect object
pronouns. These verbs supply the action to the person or persons indicated by the indirect
object pronoun.
Ejemplos: Te importa el español. Spanish is important to you.
Me gustan los deportes. I like sports.
Les facina la música. Music fascinates them.
Nos encantan las canciones mexicanas. Mexican songs enchant us.
Directions: Write the appropriate indirect object pronoun for the person indicated.
1.
2. ¿
3. ¿Qué
(them) gusta comer tacos.
(you, singular, informal) gustan los d?
(me) importa?
4.
(us) encanta ir a la playa.
5.
(me) facinan los pintores españoles.
6. ¿A ustedes
7. ¿Qué
8. A ellas no
9. A él no
10. No
(you, plural, formal) gustan las vacaciones?
(you, singular, informal) gusta hacer?
(them) importa lo que digo.
(him) gusta jugar béisbol.
(me) gusta despertarme temprano.
Directions: Conjugate the given verb in either the third person singular or plural,
depending on the subject.
11. A él le
el arte. (gustar)
12. Me
lo que dices. (importar)
13. Nos
las vacaciones. (gustar)
14. Les
las canciones de España. (facinar)
15. ¿Te
ir a la playa? (gustar)
401
Gustar
nombre
Directions: Read the question and look at the drawing to complete the answer.
Ejemplos:
¿A Pedro le gusta ir al cine?
Sí, le gusta ir al cine.
¿Te gusta cantar?
No me gusta cantar.
1. ¿A Carolina le gusta estudiar?
5. ¿Te gusta ir a la escuela?
2. ¿Te facina el arte?
6. ¿A Rosa le importa lo que dicen?
3. ¿A Paco le encanta bailar?
7. ¿Te gusta usar la computadora?
4. ¿Sergio le gustan los tacos?
8. ¿Te gusta nadar?
403
Las Comidas
nombre
Directions: Use the word bank to find the name of the meal pictured. Write the name in the space.
1.
4.
2.
5.
el desayuno
la cena
la comida
la merienda
el almuerzo
3.
405
lesson plan
34
Topics Covered:
Commands
Titles in Spanish
Commands
A command is when you tell someone to do something.
Examples:
Come here.
Look at this.
Just like all of the verbs, there is a polite way and a familiar way to address people when
you are using the commands. Here is the rule to form the formal commands in Spanish:
To give a polite command to one person, take the first persons singular of the verb.
Remove the o. Then, if it is an – ar verb, add an e, if it is an – ir or an – er verb, add an a.
Examples:
cantar / to sing
comer / to eat
estudiar / to study
cante
coma
estudie
To form the plural command, add an n to the singular form.
beber / to drink
entrar / to enter
escribir / to write
beban
entren
escriban
Some times words have to change the way they are spelled to maintain the sound of the
original verb.
Example:
g to gu
c to qu
z to c
jugar
llegar
buscar
tocar
empezar
yo juego
yo llego
yo busco
yo toco
yo empiezo
juegue(n)
llegue(n)
busque(n)
toque(n)
empiece(n)
Here are some examples of irregular commands:
ir / to go
ser / to be
saber / to know
estar / to be
dar / to give
vaya(n)
sea(n)
sepa(n)
esté(n)
dé (den)
407
lesson plan
34
Titles in Spanish
Titles are very important in many Hispanic cultures.
If someone has earned a title, it is best to address them formally using their title.
señor
señora
señorita
don
doña
(Sr.)
(Sra.)
(Srta.)
Mister
Mistress
Miss
title of respect used before a man’s first name
title of respect used before a woman’s first name
Many times people who have earned a specific title like to be addressed by the title,
and will be referred to as:
Doctor(a)
Licensiado(a)
Ingeniero(a)
Professor(a)
Padre
Hermana
Doctor
university graduate
engineer
professor
father, priest
sister, nun
408
34
hablar
abrir
leer
salir
tener
dormir
cantar
estudiar
beber
entrar
escribir
jugar
llegar
buscar
tocar
empezar
ir
ser
saber
estar
dar
to speak
to open
to read
to leave
to have
to sleep
to sing
to study
to drink
to enter
to write
to play
to arrive
to look for
to touch, to play (musical instrument)
to begin, to start
to go
to be
to know a fact
to be
to give
409
Formal Commands
nombre
REMEMBER: To form the singular, formal command, take the first person singular of the
verb, remove the o. If it’s an – ar verb, add an e, if it’s an – er or – ir verb, add an a.
To form the plural command, add an n to the singular form.
Directions: Write the correct formal command for the given verb.
Ejemplo: Buy the book. (comprar)
Compre usted el libro.
1. Read the book. (leer)
usted el libro.
2. Open the window. (abrir)
usted la ventana.
3. Don’t buy that house. (comprar)
No
ustedes esa casa.
4. Open your books. (abrir)
ustedes sus libros.
5. Don’t cry so much. (llorar)
No
usted tanto.
6. Don’t eat so much. (comer)
No
ustedes tanto.
7. Write a composition in Spanish. (escribir)
usted una composición en español.
8. Speak Spanish. (hablar)
ustedes en español.
9. Tell the truth. (decir)
usted la verdad.
10. Buy the house. (comprar)
usted la casa.
411
Irregular Formal Commands
!
nombre
Some verbs are irregular in the formal command form.
Here are some examples:
ir
= vaya(n)
ser = sea(n)
saber = sepa(n)
estar = esté(n)
dar = dé (den)
Some verbs change their spelling in the command forms to preserve their pronunciation.
g to gu
jugar
llegar
yo juego
yo llego
juegue(n)
llegue(n)
c to qu
buscar
tocar
yo busco
yo toco
busque(n)
toque(n)
z to c
empezar
yo empezo
empiece(n)
Directions: Write the correct formal command of the irregular verb indicated.
1. Go with her. (ir)
ustedes con ella.
2. Play with the children. (jugar)
ustedes con los niños.
3. Please arrive early. (llegar)
Por favor
usted temprano.
4. Be good. (ser)
usted bueno.
5. Don’t be bad. (ser)
No
ustedes malos.
6. Know the lesson for tomorrow. (saber)
ustedes la lección para mañana.
7. Give your homework to the teacher. (dar)
ustedes la tarea a la maestra.
8. Start to study now. (empezar)
usted a estudiar ahora.
9. Be here at eight o’clock sharp. (estar)
usted aquí a las ocho en punto.
10. Look for your book under the bed. (buscar)
usted su libro abajo de la cama.
413
Crucigrama de Títulos
nombre
Directions: Fill in the crossword puzzle using the clues. Answers can be found in the word bank.
clues
across
down
4.
5.
6.
7.
9.
Engineer
Mr.
Mrs.
Father, as in a priest
Dr.
1.
2.
3.
8.
Sir, used with a man’s first name
Licensed person, with a degree
Miss
Title of respect used with a
woman’s first name
415
señor
señora
señorita
don
doña
doctor
ingeniero
licenciado
padre
lesson plan
35
Topics Covered:
Informal Commands
Dialogue
Informal Commands
Informal commands are used with people that we address with the “tú” form. Formal
commands are used with people that we address with the “usted” form. The rule for making
informal commands is take the third person singular form of the verb and use that.
Here are some examples of informal commands:
hablar / to speak
comer / to eat
abrir / to open
habla
come
abra
Here are some irregular verbs in the informal commands:
decir / to say or tell
hacer / to make, to do
ir / to go
poner / to put
salir / to leave
ser / to be
tener / to have
venir / to come
di
haz
ve
pon
sal
sé
ten
ven
To give a negative command or tell someone not to do something, use no before the verb
and add an s to the formal command.
Examples:
Don’t eat the tacos, please. No comas los tacos, por favor.
Don’t put it there. No lo pongas allí.
Don’t say anything (nothing) to Juan. No digas nada a Juan.
Here are some more vocabulary words that are very useful:
aquí
allí
allá
here
there
way over there
417
lesson plan
35
Dialogue
A: Nos puede decir, por favor, ¿dónde está La Cocina Mexicana?
(Can you please tell us, where is the Mexican Kitchen?)
B: Sí. Sigan hasta la segunda esquina y doblen a la derecha.
Caminen una cuadra y doblen a la izquierda. Está a la derecha.
(Yes. Continue until the second corner and turn to the right. Walk one
block and turn to the left. It is on the right.)
A: Muchas gracias. (Thank you very much.)
B: ¿Van a cenar allí? (Are you going to eat dinner there?)
A: Sí. Queremos comida mexicana. (Yes. We want Mexican food.)
B: Pues la mejor comida mexicana se encuentra en Burritos Fiesta.
(Well the best Mexican food is found at Burritos Fiesta.)
A: ¿Es mejor que La Cocina Mexicana? (Is it better than the Mexican Kitchen?)
B: La comida de La Cocina Mexicana no es tan rica como la de Burritos Fiesta.
(The food at the Mexican Kitchen is not as delicious as that of the Burritos Fiesta.)
A: [To companion] Vámonos a Burritos Fiesta. (To man) Muchas gracias, señor.
(Let’s go to the Burritos Fiesta. Thank you, sir.)
B: De nada. [Man reveals t-shirt from Burritos Fiesta] (You’re welcome.)
418
35
hablar
comer
abrir
decir
hacer
ir
poner
salir
ser
tener
venir
aquí
allí
allá
beber
escribir
leer
bailar
estudiar
comprar
escuchar
mirar
aprender
subir
recibir
to speak
to eat
to open
to say or tell
to make, to do
to go
to put
to leave
to be
to have
to come
here
there
way over there
to drink
to write
to read
to dance
to study
to buy
to listen
to look, to watch
to learn
to go up
to receive
419
Informal Commands
nombre
To form the singular, informal command, use the third person singular
form of the verb.
Directions: Write the correct singular, informal command using the given verb.
1. Drink the water. (beber)
8. Listen to the teacher. (escuchar)
el agua.
a la maestra.
2. Open the window. (abrir)
9. Look at what you are doing. (mirar)
la ventana.
lo que haces.
3. Write a letter to your sister. (escribir)
10. Learn the rules. (aprender)
una carta a tu hermana.
las reglas.
4. Read the book. (leer)
11. Eat the apple. (comer)
el libro.
la manzana.
5. Dance with her. (bailar)
12. Go up the stairs. (subir)
con ella.
las escaleras.
6. Study for your test. (estudiar)
13. Receive the gift. (recibir)
para tu examen.
el regalo.
7. Buy the dress. (comprar)
14. Speak quickly. (hablar)
el vestido.
rápido.
421
Irregular Informal Commands
!
nombre
Several verbs have irregular forms in the informal commands. Some of them are:
decir
hacer
ir
poner
=
=
=
=
di
haz
ve
pon
salir
ser
tener
venir
=
=
=
=
sal
sé
ten
ven
1. Leave (from) there. (salir)
de allí.
la verdad.
2. Be careful./ Have care. (tener)
6. Put the book on the table. (poner)
cuidado.
el libro en la mesa.
3. Do your homework. (hacer)
7. Go to the store. (ir)
la tarea.
a la tienda.
4. Come here. (venir)
8. Be happy. (ser)
aquí.
feliz.
To form a negative informal command, add an s to the formal command
and put a no before it.
9. Do not leave there.
No
13. Do not tell the truth.
de allí.
10. Do not be careful.
No
cuidado.
No
15. Do not go to the store.
la tarea.
12. Do not come here.
No
la verdad.
14. Do not put the book on the table.
11. Do not do your homework.
No
No
No
a la tienda.
16. Do not be happy.
aquí.
No
423
feliz.
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 8
Burritos Fiesta
A: Nos puede decir, por favor, ¿dónde está La Cocina Mexicana?
B:
Sí. Sigan hasta la segunda esquina y doblen a la derecha.
Caminen una cuadra y doblen a la izquierda. Está a la derecha.
A: Muchas gracias.
B:
¿Van a cenar allí?
A: Sí. Queremos comida mexicana.
B:
Pues la mejor comida mexicana se encuentra en Burritos Fiesta.
A: ¿Es mejor que La Cocina Mexicana?
B:
La comida de La Cocina Mexicana no es tan rica como la de Burritos Fiesta.
A: (To companion) Vamonos a Burritos Fiesta. (To man) Muchas gracias, señor.
B:
De nada. (Man reveals t-shirt from Burritos Fiesta)
425
lesson plan
36
Topics Covered:
Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns with Commands
Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns with Commands
Just as a review, direct object pronouns are those that take the place of nouns that take the
action of the verb. The most common direct object pronouns are lo and la and los and las.
These are used in sentences such as:
Give it to me.
Read it.
Buy them.
Indirect object pronouns are the pronouns that take the place of nouns that aren’t directly
related to the verb. They answer the question “to whom or to what.” These are used in
sentences such as:
Give it to her.
Tell them the truth.
Leave me alone.
There are some rules for using direct and indirect object pronouns with commands:
1.
Pronouns are attached to affirmative commands. Accents are added to
maintain pronunciation.
Leave me it (the book). Déjamelo.
Give it to me. Dámelo.
2.
Pronouns come before negative commands with indirect object pronouns
coming before direct object pronouns.
Don’t give it to me. No me lo das.
Don’t ask it to us. No nos lo preguntes.
3.
When the indirect object pronouns le or les are used with the direct object pronouns
lo, la, los, or las, the indirect object pronoun is replaced with se.
Don’t tell it to her. No se lo digas.
Ask her (the question). Pregúntaselo.
427
36
verdad
lecciones
dólares
árbol
perro
trabajo
revista
mochila
lápiz
ventana
secreto
carta
puerta
comida
gato
paz
truth
lessons
dollars
tree
dog
work
magazine
backpack
pencil
window
secret
letter
door
food
cat
peace
429
Commands
!
nombre
Here are the rules for using direct and indirect object pronouns with commands.
1. Pronouns are attached to affirmative commands. Indirect object pronouns come
before direct object pronouns. Accents are added to maintain pronunciation.
Example: Give it to me. Dámelo.
2. Pronouns come before negative commands with indirect object pronouns coming
before direct object pronouns.
Example: Don’t give it to me. No me lo das.
3. When the indirect object pronouns le or les are used with the direct object pronouns
lo, la, los, or las, the indirect object pronoun is replaced with se.
Example: Don’t tell it to her. No se lo digas.
Directions: Choose the best translation for the given sentence.
Write the letter of your answer in the space provided. Say your answer out loud!
1. Give me the book. (el libro)
a. Dámelo.
b. Dáselo.
c. Dámela.
2. Tell her the truth. (la verdad)
a. Dímelo.
b. Díselo.
c. Dísela.
3. Show them (los libros) to us.
a. Muéstraselos.
b. Muéstranoslas.
c. Muéstranoslos.
4. You all study them (las lecciones) for me.
a. Estúdiennoslos.
b. Estúdienmelas.
c. Estúdiamelas.
5. You (polite) ask him for the dollars. (los dolares)
a. Pídamelas.
b. Pídanosla.
c. Pídaselos.
6. Do not tell me the truth. (la verdad)
a. No me la digas.
b. No dígamela.
c. No nos la digas.
7. Don’t show it (el árbol) to them.
a. No se la muestres.
b. No les lo muestres.
c. No nos lo muestres.
8. Don’t give it (el perro) to her.
a. No nos lo des.
b. No se la des.
c. No se lo des.
431
Object Pronouns with Commands
nombre
Directions: Use the information in parentheses to translate the following sentences.
Ejemplo: Do it for me. (hacer / tú /el trabajo)
Házmelo.
1. Buy it. (comprar / Usted / la revista)
.
2. Put them there. (poner /Usted / las mochilas)
allí.
3. Give it to me. (dar / Usted / el lápiz)
.
4. Don’t give it to her. (dar / Usted / el lápiz)
No
5. Open them. (abrir / tú / las ventanas)
.
.
6. Don’t open them. (abrir / Ustedes / los libros)
No
7. Tell it to me. (decir / tú / el secreto).
.
.
8. Don’t open them. (abrir / tú / las cartas)
No
.
9. Open them. (abrir / Ustedes / las puertas)
.
10. Serve it to me. (servir / Usted / la comida)
.
11. Don’t serve it to me. (servir / Ustedes / la comida)
12. Sell them to me. (vender / Usted / las revistas)
13. Don’t put them here. (poner / tú / los libros)
No
.
.
aquí.
14. Look for it. (buscar / tú / el gato)
.
433
lesson plan
37
Topics Covered:
Reciprocal Reflexives
Comparisons of Inequality
Reflexive sounds like reflect, which is what is happening with these pronouns.
We do this in English when we say things like ‘They see each other at school.’
Or ‘We talk to each other about Spanish.’ The reciprocal reflexives are se and nos
and they translate as each other or one another.
Examples:
They see each other at school. Se ven en la escuela.
We talk to each other about Spanish. Nos hablamos acerca el español.
The formula for making comparisons is to say what you are going to compare separated by
either más or menos, the adjective or noun that you are using to compare, the word que, which
translates as than, and the other thing being compared.
Remember that if you are using an adjective, you must match the number and gender of the
noun you are describing or comparing.
Examples:
This house is less big (smaller) than this (one). Esta casa es menos grande que ésta.
This house is more big (bigger) than this (one). Esta casa es más grande que ésta.
The red car is more fast (faster) than the blue car. El auto rojo es más rápido que el auto azul.
The blue car is less fast than the red car. El auto azul es menos rápido que el auto rojo.
I have more books of Spanish than books of English. Tengo más libros de español que libros
de inglés.
English is more difficult than Spanish. Inglés es más difícil que el español.
Sometimes when comparing two things, we say more than or less than. In Spanish we use:
más que
menos que
Examples:
You study more than the other students. Estudias más que los otros estudiantes.
I run less than the other students. Corro menos que los otros estudiantes.
435
37
más
menos
más que
menos que
alemán
difícil
cara
película
hamburguesa
delicioso
tostada
more
less
more than
less than
German
difficult
expensive (adj.), face (n)
movie
hamburger
delicious
tostada
437
nombre
The reciprocal reflexive pronouns in Spanish are se and nos. In English they translate as
each other or one another. Nos is always used with the first person plural, se is always
used with the third person plural.
Directions: Select the best translation for each of the sentences. Write the letter of your response in
the space provided. Read your response out loud.
1. They bother each other.
a. Me molestan.
b. Se molestan.
c. Nos molestamos.
2. We see each other.
a. Se ven.
b. Nos ven.
c. Nos vemos.
3. They talk to one another.
a. Se hablan.
b. Se hablamos.
c. Nos hablamos.
4. They mistrust each other.
a. Se desconfiamos.
b. Se desconfian.
c. Nos desconfiamos.
5. We love each other.
a. Nos ama.
b. Nos aman.
c. Nos amamos.
6. They see each other.
7. We talk to each other.
8. They look at (mirar) one another.
9. They understand each other.
439
nombre
Comparisons of inequality compare two things and say that they are not the same.
If you use an adjective to compare, it must match the number and gender of the first
thing being compared. The formulas for making comparisons of inequality are:
más (menos) + noun + que + second thing being compared
más (menos) + adjective + que + second thing being compared
más (menos) + adverb + que + second thing being compared
Ejemplo: You are shorter than I.
Tú eres más bajo que yo.
Directions: Read the sentences. Fill in the blanks with the missing word of the formula.
1. There are fewer girls than boys.
Hay
chicas que chicos.
2. She is taller than Sarah.
Ella es más alta
Sarah.
3. I have more homework than you.
Tengo más tarea
tú.
4. You (formal) earn more money than he.
Usted gana
dinero que él.
5. Your father is thinner than mine.
Tu padre es más delgado
el mío.
6. We have fewer cats than dogs.
Tenemos
gatos que perros.
441
nombre
Directions: Combine the two sentences into one.
alemán = German
Ejemplo: Yo estoy cansado. (tired)
Tú estás más cansado.
cara = expensive
Yo estoy menos cansado que tú.
película = movie
or
hamburguesa = hamburger
Tú estás más cansado que yo.
delicioso = delicious
tostada = tostada
1. El alemán es difícil.
El español es menos difícil.
2. La casa azul es cara.
La casa amarilla es más cara.
3. La película es interesante.
El libro es más interesante.
4. La hamburguesa es deliciosa.
La tostada es más deliciosa.
443
lesson plan
38
Topics Covered:
Comparisons of Equality
Superlatives
Comparisons of equality compare two things and say that they are the same.
This is when we say things like as much as or as many as or as small as.
Examples:
John is as smart as Mary.
Paul has as many brothers as I do.
The formula for making comparisons of equality in Spanish is to identify the first thing that you
are going to compare separated by either tan or tanto (os, a, as), the adjective or noun that you
are using to compare, the word como, which is kind of like as, and the other thing being compared. If you use an adjective, you use tan … como if you use a noun, you use tanto (os, a, as)
Examples:
John is as smart as Mary. Juan es tan inteligente como María.
Paul has as many brothers as I do. Pablo tiene tantos hermanos como yo.
If you are using something without an amount you can just use tanto como without an amount.
Example:
I want as much as him. Quiero tanto como él.
Superlative
When comparing three or more things and one surpasses the others, we use the superlative.
The most, the best, the biggest, the brightest are all superlatives.
In Spanish to express the superlative, you use the definite article plus the noun plus the
superlative using más or menos. De is used after a superlative to express in or of.
Example:
Spanish is the most interesting class in school.
Español es la clase más interesante de la escuela.
Spanish is the least difficult class in the school.
Español es la clase menos difícil de la escuela.
445
lesson plan
38
In English there are irregulars such as good, better, best, instead of good, gooder, goodest.
The same thing happens in Spanish, there are some irregulars.
Adjective
Comparative
Superlative
bueno
malo
pequeño
mejor
peor
menor
(más pequeño)
mayor
(más grande)
el mejor
el peor
el menor
(el más pequeño)
el mayor
(el más grande)
grande
Examples:
Spanish is better than English. Español es mejor que inglés.
Rhode Island is the smallest. Rhode Island es el menor.
446
38
abuelo
difícil
también
joven
limonada
contento
el idioma
bueno
mejor
el mejor
malo
peor
el peor
pequeño
menor
el menor
grande
mayor
el mayor
grandfather
difficult
also
young
lemonade
content
the language
good
better
the best
bad
worse
the worst
small
smaller (younger)
the smallest (the youngest)
big
bigger (older)
the biggest (the oldest)
447
nombre
Comparisons of equality compare two things and say that they are the same. In English,
we use terms such as “as much as”, “as small as”, or “as many as.”
Using adjectives or adverbs, use the following formula:
tan + adjective (adverb) + como + second thing being compared
Ejemplo: Soy alto.
Eres alto.
Soy tan alto como tú. (I am as tall as you.)
Using nouns, use the following formula:
tanto (- a, - os, - as) + noun + como + second thing being compared.
Ejemplo: Yo tengo una pluma.
Tú tienes una pluma.
Yo tengo tantas plumas como tú. (I have as many pens as you.)
Directions: Select the best translation for each sentence. Circle your response.
1. I have as many books as you.
4. They run as fast as we do.
a. Tengo tantas casas como tú.
a. Corro tan rápido como ellos.
b. Tengo tantos libros como tú.
b. Corremos tan rápido como él.
c. Tienes tantos libros como yo.
c. Corren tan rápido como nosotros.
2. You are as smart as she is.
5. I can have as much as I want.
a. Eres tan inteligente como ella.
a. Puedo tener tanto como quiero.
b. Son tan inteligente como ella.
b. Podemos querer tantos.
c. Eres tan inteligente como yo.
c. Puedo querer tanto como tengo.
3. He knows as many people as I do.
6. We sing as well as they do.
a. Conoce tantas personas como tú.
a. Cantan como nosotros.
b. Conozco tantas personas como tú.
b. Cantamos tan bueno como ellos.
c. Conoce tantas personas como yo.
c. Cantamos tantas canciones como ellos.
449
nombre
Directions: Combine the two sentences into one.
1. Julian tiene dos abuelos.
Magdalena tiene dos abuelos.
abuelo = grandfather
también = also, too
joven = young
2. El español es difícil.
El inglés es difícil también.
limonada = lemonade
bueno = good
contento = content
el idioma = language
3. Roberto es joven.
Alicia es joven también.
4. La limonada es buena.
El agua es buena.
5. Karina está contenta.
Raquel está contenta también.
6. Hablo dos idiomas.
Juan habla dos idiomas.
451
Superlatives
nombre
When comparing three or more things and one surpasses the others,
we use the superlative. In English we say “the most,” “the biggest,” “the best,”or “the least.”
To express the superlative in Spanish, you use:
definite article + noun + más (menos) + adjective + de
Ejemplo: He is the tallest boy in the room.
Es el chico más alto del cuarto.
Directions: Write the missing word in each sentence.
1. This house is the prettiest of all.
Esta casa es la
bonita de todas.
2. Francisco is the shortest in the family.
Francisco es el más bajo
la familia.
3. Mr. Morris is the most important man in the city.
El señor Morris es el hombre
importante de la ciudad.
4. Marissa is the nicest girl of all.
Marissa es la chica
simpática de todas.
5. Seinfeld is the funniest program of all.
Seinfeld es el programa más divertido
todos.
453
Superlatives
!
nombre
Some comparative and superlative adjectives are irregular in Spanish.
Adjective
Comparative
Superlative
bueno (good)
mejor
el mejor
malo (bad)
peor
el peor
pequeño (small)
menor
el menor
(más pequeño)
(el más pequeño)
mayor
el mayor
(más grande)
(el más grande)
grande (big)
Directions: Select the best translation for each sentence. Circle your answer and read it out loud.
1. French is good, but Spanish is better.
a. El latín es bueno, pero el español es mejor.
b. El francés es bueno, pero el español es mejor.
c. El alemán es bueno, pero el español es mejor.
2. Mr. Morris is the best Spanish teacher.
a. El señor Morris es el mejor maestro del español.
b. La señor Morris es la mejor maestro del español.
c. El señor Morris es el mejor maestro del inglés.
3. My brother Steve is the oldest (biggest).
a. Mi hermano Estaban es mayor que yo.
b. Mi hermano Estaban es el mejor.
c. Mi hermano Estaban es el mayor.
4. I feel worse than yesterday.
a. Me siento peor que ayer.
b. Me siento más grande que ayer.
c. Me siento mejor que ayer.
455
lesson plan
39
Saber and Conocer
Llamarse
Gustar
Formal Commands
Informal Commands
Superlatives
Lesson 31
Lesson 32
Lesson 32
Lesson 33
Lesson 34
Lesson 35
Lesson 36
Lesson 37
Lesson 37, 38
Lesson 38
Lesson 38
457
39
459
nombre
Saber
Directions: Select the correct conjugation for the given subject pronoun.
Write the letter of your response in the blank.
1. él
a. sé
2. ustedes
b. sabéis
3. tú
c. sabes
4. vosotros
d. saben
5. yo
e. sabe
Conocer
6. usted
a. conocéis
7. tú
b. conoce
8. ustedes
c. conocen
9. nosotros
d. conoces
10. vosotros
e. conocemos
Saber vs. Conocer
Directions: Select the correct conjugation of either the verb saber or conocer.
11. ¿Tú
12. Ellas
13. ¿Usted
14. Yo
15. Yo no
leer en español?
a. conoce
b. sabes
c. conoces
a. conocen
b. saben
c. sabemos
a. sabe
b. conoce
c. conocen
quien es el Sr. Morris.
a. conozco
b. conocemos
c. sé
al presidente.
a. conozco
b. sabo
c. sé
a mi mamá.
la ciudad de Miami?
461
nombre
Reflexive Verbs
Directions: Write the conjugated verb in the space provided.
16. Yo
en las mañanas. (afeitarse)
17. Ellos
en la playa. (divertirse)
18. El sol
a las siete esta noche. (ponerse)
19. ¿Ustedes
de estudiar tanto? (cansarse)
20. Nosotros
de la escuela a las tres. (marcharse)
Verbs with Indirect Object Pronouns
Directions: Write the correct indirect object pronoun in the space povided.
21. No
(me) importa lo que dicen.
22.
(us) gustan las películas de acción.
23.
(him) facina ver la ópera.
24.
(them) encanta cantar.
25. ¿
(you, singular, familiar) gusta estudiar el español?
Formal Commands
26. Read your Spanish book. (leer)
usted su libro de español.
27. Cook your dinner. (cocinar)
ustedes su cena.
28. Swim to the beach. (nadar)
ustedes a la playa.
29. Pay attention in class. (prestar)
ustedes atención en la clase.
30. Follow the rules. (seguir)
usted las reglas.
463
nombre
Informal Commands
31. Be careful of what you are doing. (cuidar)
lo que haces.
32. Read your book. (leer)
tú libro.
33. Bring my food. (traer)
mi comida.
aquí.
35. Do not shout in class. (gritar)
No
en la clase.
Directions: Select the best translation for each sentence.
Write the letter of your response in the space provided.
36. Say it (la verdad) to me.
a. Dínoslo.
b. Dímelo.
c. Dímela.
37. Show it (el libro) to her.
a. Muéstreselo.
b. Muéstrenoslo.
c. Muéstresela.
38. Have it (el dinero) for me.
a. Ténnosla.
b. Ténmelo.
c. Ténmela.
39. Do not cut them (las flores) for me.
a. No me las cortes.
b. No córtesmela.
c. No nos las cortes.
40. You (polite)sing it (la canción) for us.
a. Cántemela.
b. Cántesela.
c. Cántenosla.
Reciprocal Reflexive
Directions: Write the correct reciprocal reflexive pronoun in the space provided.
41. We call each other.
llamamos.
42. They bother another.
molestan.
43. We consult each other.
consultamos.
44. They appreciate another.
aprecian.
45. We hug each other.
abrazamos.
465
nombre
Directions: Fill in the missing word for each sentence.
46. Books are more fun than movies.
Libros son
divertidos que películas.
47. You have more brothers than I do.
Tienes más hermanos
48. He is less smart than we are.
Es
49. Whales are bigger than cows.
Las ballenas son
50. They swim worse than I do.
Nadan
yo.
inteligente que nosotros.
grandes que las vacas.
que yo.
51. Juan habla tantos idiomas
52. Ella es tan linda
53. Corro
yo.
Miss América.
rápido como un caballo.
54. Tienes
libros como yo.
55. Quiero
como él.
Superlatives
56. Marquita is the cutest girl in her class. Marquita es la más chula
su clase.
57. Rhode Island is the least big of all the states. Rhode Island es el
los estados.
grande de todos
58. José is the oldest brother of the family. José es el hermano
de la familia.
59. To fast is good, but to eat is the best. Ayunar es bueno, pero comer es el
60. Weird Al is the best singer in the world. Weird Al es el
467
.
cantante de todo el mundo.
test
lessons 31 - 39
nombre
Saber
1. yo
a. sabemos
2. tú
b. sabe
3. usted
c. sabes
4. nosotros
d. saben
5. ellos
e. sé
Conocer
6. ellos
a. conozco
7. nosotros
b. conoce
8. él
c. conocen
9. yo
d. conoces
10. tú
e. conocemos
Saber vs. Conocer
Directions: Select the correct conjugation of either the verb saber or conocer.
11. Tú
12. Ellas
13. ¿Usted
14. Yo
15. Yo no
a muchas personas.
cocinar muy bien.
dónde está José?
bien al Sr. Morris.
hablar el japonés.
a. conoce
b. sabes
c. conoces
a. conocen
b. saben
c. sabemos
a. sabe
b. conoce
c. conocen
a. conozco
b. conocemos
c. sé
a. conozco
b. sabo
c. sé
471
nombre
Reflexive Verbs
16. Nosotros
en las sillas. (sentarse)
17. Yo
las manos antes de comer. (lavarse)
18. Ella
el cabello cada noche. (peinarse)
19. Ustedes
a las seis de la mañana. (levantarse)
20. ¿Cómo
tú? (llamarse)
Verbs with Indirect Object pronouns
Directions: Write the correct indirect object pronoun in the space povided.
21. A ella no
(her) gusta jugar voleibol.
22.
(them) facinan las fiestas.
23.
(me) gusta hablar el español.
24. ¿
25.
(you) importan las buenas notas?
(us) encanta escuchar música.
Formal Commands
26. Study your Spanish book. (estudiar)
27. Eat your dinner. (comer)
ustedes su cena.
28. Write a letter to the teacher. (escribir)
ustedes una carta al maestro.
29. Speak Spanish in class. (hablar)
usted el español en la clase.
usted la verdad.
473
nombre
Informal Commands
31. Look at what you are doing. (mirar)
lo que haces.
32. Drink your milk. (tomar)
tú leche.
al maestro.
34. Be careful./ Have care. (tener)
cuidado.
35. Do not eat too much ice cream. (comer)
No
demasiado helado.
Directions: Select the best translation for each sentence.
Write the letter of your response in the space provided.
36. Give him the book. (el libro)
a. Dámelo.
b. Dásela.
c. Dáselo.
37. You (polite) ask him for them. (los dolares)
a. Pídamelas.
b. Pídanoslos.
c. Pídaselos.
38. Do it (el trabajo) for me.
a. Háznosla.
b. Házmelo.
c. Házmela.
39. Do not tell me the truth (la verdad).
a. No me la digas.
b. No digamela.
c. No nos la digas.
40. You (polite) tell it (el secreto) to me.
a. Dígamelo.
b. Dígamelas.
c. Dígamela.
Reciprocal Reflexive
Directions: Write the correct reciprocal reflexive pronoun in the space provided.
41. They see each other.
ven.
42. They talk to one another.
hablan.
43. We understand each other.
entendemos.
44. They look at one another.
miran.
45. We love each other.
amamos.
475
nombre
46. Pizzas are more delicious than broccoli.
Pizzas son
deliciosas que el bróculi.
47. I have more books than María.
Tengo más libros
48. You earn less money than I do.
Usted gana
49. I am smarter than a cow.
Soy
50. We sing better than they do.
Cantamos
María.
dinero que yo.
inteligente que una vaca.
que ellos.
51. Él tiene tantas gatas
52. Julia es tan linda
53. Corremos
54. Usted conoce
55. Tú pides
yo.
Maria.
rápido como ellos.
personas como yo.
como yo.
Superlatives
56. Emily is the smartest of the whole class. Emilia es la más inteligente
57. Gregory is the fastest in the school. Gregorio es el
rápido de la escuela.
58. Mexican food is the tastiest in the world. La comida mexicana es
todo el mundo.
59. To study is good, but to play is the best. Estudiar es bueno, pero jugar es el
60. To get sick is the worst. Enfermarse es el
.
Extra Credit
Directions: Translate the following sentence into Spanish.
61. I know how to speak Spanish better than you.
477
toda la clase.
más rica de
.
lessons 41 - 50
lesson plan
41
Topics Covered:
Verb Tenses
Dialogue
Verb Tenses
Tense in the case of verbs refers to when an action is taking place. The tense of a verb can be
the present. “I am studying Spanish. “ The tense can also be the past, “I studied Spanish last night.”
Tense can also be the future, “I will study Spanish today when I get home.” Up to this point we
have looked at the present tense, we will now focus on the past tense. In Spanish there are two
simple past tenses, the preterit and the imperfect.
Preterit Tense of Regular Verbs
Here is what an – ar verb looks like in the preterit:
hablar / to speak
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
hablé
hablaste
habló
plural
hablamos
hablasteis
hablaron
Notice the base for the verb is the same as in the present indicative.
Also, there are accent marks in the first and third persons singular. There is still an s in the
second person singular. There is no accent on the second person plural. The first person plural
still ends with amos. The third person plural ends with an n.
Here is the conjugation of a regular – er verb in the preterit:
comer / to eat
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
comí
comiste
comió
plural
comimos
comisteis
comieron
Here is the conjugation of a regular – ir verb in the preterit:
vivir / to live
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
viví
viviste
vivió
plural
vivimos
vivisteis
vivieron
Here are some examples of sentences:
He erased the blackboard. Borró el pizarrón.
I ate tacos last night. Comí tacos anoche.
My grandmother called me last week. Mi abuela me llamó la semana pasada.
We bought our house last year. Compramos nuestra casa el año pasado.
481
lesson plan
41
Dialogue
A: ¿Estudiaste para el examen de historia? (Did you study for the history exam?)
B: ¿Qué examen de historia? (What history exam?)
A: El que anunció el maestro ayer. (The one that the teacher announced yesterday.)
B: ¿De qué se trata el examen? (What is the exam about?)
A: Cubre todas las cosas que estudiamos en esta unidad. (It covers all of the things that we
studied in this unit.)
B: ¿Sobre quien conquistó a los Incas? (Over who conquered the Incas?)
A: Sí, sobre Francisco Pizarro. (Yes, over Fransisco Pizarro.)
B: ¿Y todo lo demás? (And everything else?)
A: Sí. (Yes.)
B: ¡Qué lástima que no estudié! (What a shame that I didn’t study!)
482
41
hablar
ganar
comer
morder
vivir
escribir
borrar
pizarrón
ayer
anoche
la semana pasada
el año pasado
contestar
cenar
mirar
noticias
almorzar
trabajar
beber
temprano
milla
resolver
escoger
pantalones
paquete
envolver
prometer
lejos de
ventana
iglesia
privado
regalo
recibir
asistir
to speak
to win
to eat
to bite
to live
to write
to erase
chalkboard
yesterday
last night
last week
last year
to answer
to eat dinner
to watch, to look at
news
to eat lunch
to work
to drink
early
mile
resolve
to choose
pants
package
to wrap
to promise
far from
window
church
private
gift
to receive
to attend
483
Preterit Tense (- ar)
!
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the - ar verb hablar (to speak)
in the preterit tense.
INFINITIVE
hablar / to speak
yo
hablé
nosotros (as)
hablamos
tú
hablaste
vosotros (as)
hablasteis
él, ella,
usted
habló
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
hablaron
Directions: Using the chart above, determine all the persons of the verb trabajar in the
preterit tense.
1. Yo no
2. ¿Tú
3. Usted
4. Ella
ayer.
5. Nosotros
todo el día.
anoche?
6. ¿Vosotras
la semana pasada?
mucho.
7. Ustedes
el año pasado.
8. Ellas
el domingo pasado.
en el hospital.
9. ¿Tú
10. ¿Usted no
el sábado? (trabajar)
nada? (comprar)
11. Vosotros no nos
12. ¿Ustedes
13. Yo
14. Nosotros
15. Ellas
ayer. (contestar)
tarde anoche? (cenar)
ayer = yesterday
anoche = last night
el año pasado = last year
contestar = to answer
cenar = to eat dinner
español. (hablar)
la televisión. (mirar)
las noticias. (escuchar)
Directions: Answer the following questions in complete sentences.
16. ¿A qué hora llegó usted a la escuela hoy?
17. ¿Miraste la televisión anoche?
18. ¿Almorzaste con alguien ayer?
485
mirar = to look at, watch
noticias = news
almorzar = to eat lunch
Preterit Tense (- er)
!
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the - er verb beber (to drink)
INFINITIVE
beber / to drink
yo
bebí
nosotros (as)
bebimos
tú
bebiste
vosotros (as)
bebisteis
él, ella,
usted
bebió
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
bebieron
Directions: Write all the persons of the verb comer in the preterit tense.
1. Yo
a las seis.
5. Nosotras
anoche.
2. Tú
ayer.
6. Vosotros
tarde.
7. ¿Ustedes
con Erica?
3. ¿Usted
4. Él
temprano?
con su madre.
8. Ellas
a las nueve.
9. Nosotros
10. ¿Tú
11. ¿Usted
seis millas. (correr)
con ella anoche? (comer)
el problema? (resolver)
12. ¿Vosotros
13. Yo
la pregunta? (entender)
dos pantalones. (escoger)
14. Ella
el paquete. (envolver)
15. Ellas
hacerlo. (prometer)
temprano = early
milla = mile
resolver = to resolve
escoger = to choose
pantalones = pants
paquete = package
envolver = to wrap
prometer = to promise
Directions: Answer the following questions in complete sentences.
16. ¿Cuántos pantalones compraste?
17. ¿Conoció usted a mi primo?
18. ¿Comiste con ella anoche?
487
Preterit Tense (- ir)
!
nombre
Study the chart below to conjugate the - ir verb escribir (to write)
INFINITIVE
escribir / to write
yo
escribí
nosotros (as)
escribimos
tú
escribiste
vosotros (as)
escribisteis
él, ella,
usted
escribió
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
escribieron
Directions: Write all the persons of the verb vivir in the preterit tense.
1. Yo
en España.
5. Nosotros
en México.
2. Tú
con ellos.
6. Vosotros
en México.
3. Él
en Paraguay.
7. Ellos
lejos de su madre.
8. Ellas
en Brazil.
4. Ella
en Colombia.
9. Ella
las ventanas. (abrir)
10. ¿Vosotros
a la iglesia ayer? (asistir)
11. ¿Tú
pasado? (asistir)
12. Yo
una escuela privada el año
en un apartamento. (vivir)
13. ¿Usted
el paquete? (recibir)
lejos de = far from
ventana = window
iglesia = church
privado = private
paquete = package
regalo = gift
14. Nosotros
muchos regalos. (recibir)
recibir = to receive
15. ¿Ustedes
en la Ciudad de México? (vivir)
asistir = to attend
Directions: Answer the questions in complete sentences.
16. ¿Cuántos regalos recibieron ustedes?
17. ¿Abriste tú la ventana?
18. ¿Recibiste tú el paquete?
489
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 9
El Examen
A:
¿Estudiaste para el examen de historia?
B:
¿Qué examen de historia?
A:
El que anunció el maestro ayer.
B:
¿De qué se trata el examen?
A:
Cubre todas las cosas que estudiamos en esta unidad.
B:
¿Sobre quien conquistó a los Incas?
A:
Sí, sobre Francisco Pizarro.
B:
¿Y todo lo demás?
A:
Sí.
B:
¡Qué lástima que no estudié!
491
lesson plan
42
Topics Covered:
Preterit of Stem - Changing Verbs
Preterit of Irregular Verbs
Relative Pronouns que, quien, cuyo
Some of the verbs in Spanish have irregular stems and irregular endings.
One of them is venir, to come. Here is the conjugation:
venir / to come
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
vine
viniste
vino
plural
vinimos
vinisteis
vinieron
Notice that the root is the vin - and none of the words have any accents on them.
Another verb is tener, to have. The root for the preterit of tener is tuv -.
tener / to have
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
tuve
tuviste
tuvo
plural
tuvimos
tuvisteis
tuvieron
To say they had to come, would be Tuvieron que venir.
One exception is the third person singular for the verb hacer. The root for the preterit of
hacer is hic -. According to the rules, it should be hico, but to maintain the pronunciation, it is
changed to hizo.
hacer / to have
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
hice
hiciste
hizo
plural
hicimos
hicisteis
hicieron
What did you do? ¿Qué hiciste?
Here is a list of verbs that are irregular in the same form and each of their roots:
querer
hacer
venir
poder
quis hic vin pud -
poner
saber
estar
tener
pus sup estuv tuv -
Examples:
Did you want to study Spanish? ¿Quisiste estudiar el español?
Were they at home yesterday? ¿Estuvieron en casa ayer?
Where did you put my book? (polite) ¿Dónde puso usted mi libro?
493
lesson plan
42
The verbs ir and ser, to go and to be, in the preterit, do not follow this pattern.
They are conjugated exactly the same:
ir / to go, ser / to be
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
fui
fuiste
fue
plural
fuimos
fuisteis
fueron
Because of the way they are pronounced, the following words are also irregular:
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
dije
dijiste
dijo
plural
dijimos
dijisteis
dijeron
traer / to bring
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
traje
trajiste
trajo
plural
trajimos
trajisteis
trajeron
traducir / to translate
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
traduje
tradujiste
tradujo
plural
tradujimos
tradujisteis
tradujeron
conducir / to drive
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
conduje
condujiste
condujo
plural
condujimos
condujisteis
condujeron
Notice that on all of these, the third person plural ends with – jeron and not with – jieron.
There is no i in these conjugations. The last one is dar, to give:
dar / to give
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
di
diste
dio
plural
dimos
disteis
dieron
A relative pronoun stands for a noun or another pronoun previously mentioned.
It introduces a subordinate clause with its own verb. The words we are looking at are:
que
quien
cuyo
Que when it is not used as a question word means that, which, who, or whom.
Example:
El libro que leí es don Quijote. The book that I read is Don Quijote.
The word quien or quienes is only used with people.
Examples:
Es el hombre de quien me contó. He is the man about whom you told me. (polite)
Eso es el nombre del libro cuyo recomendio el maestro. That is the name of the book which
the teacher recommended.
494
42
venir
tener
querer
hacer
poder
poner
saber
estar
ir
ser
decir
traer
traducir
conducir
dar
que
quien
cuyo
to come
to have
to want
to make, to do
to be able, can
to put
to know
to be
to go
to be
to say, to tell
to bring
to translate
to drive
to give
that, which, who, or whom
who, whom
whose, which
495
Preterit of Stem Changing Verbs
!
nombre
Some verbs change their stems and have irregular endings in the preterit tense.
Study the chart below to conjugate the verb venir (to come) in the preterit tense.
INFINITIVE
venir / to come
yo
vine
nosotros (as)
vinimos
tú
viniste
vosotros (as)
vinisteis
él, ella,
usted
vino
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
vinieron
venir
tener
querer
hacer
=
=
=
=
vin
tuv
quis
hic
poder
poner
saber
estar
=
=
=
=
pud
pus
sup
estuv
Remember that the third person singular for hacer in the preterit is hizo.
Directions: Write the correct form of the given verb in the space povided.
1. Yo
2. Nosotros
3. Ellos
4. Tú
5. ¿Usted no
6. ¿Qué
7. Se
8. ¿Vosotros
el dinero para comprar el regalo. (tener)
en casa anoche. (estar)
ir al parque ayer. (querer)
a Flagstaff el año pasado. (venir)
llamar anoche? (poder)
ella? (hacer)
el sol a las siete anoche. (poner)
la materia en el examen? (saber)
497
Irregular Preterit Verbs
!
nombre
Some verbs are irregular in the preterit tense.
Both irregular verbs, ir and ser, share the same preterit conjugation.
INFINITIVE
ir/ to go, ser / to be
yo
fui
nosotros (as)
fuimos
tú
fuiste
vosotros (as)
fuisteis
él, ella,
usted
fue
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
fueron
Because of the way they are pronounced, the following words are also irregular:
traer = to bring
decir = to tell
conducir = to drive
traducir = to translate
INFINITIVE
decir/ to tell
yo
dije
nosotros (as)
dijimos
tú
dijiste
vosotros (as)
dijisteis
él, ella,
usted
dijo
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
dijeron
One other irregular verb in the preterit is dar.
INFINITIVE
dar / to give
yo
di
nosotros (as)
dimos
tú
diste
vosotros (as)
disteis
él, ella,
usted
dio
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
dieron
Directions: Write the correct form of the given verb in the space povided.
1. Mi hermano me
cinco dolares. (dar)
2. Nosotros
al parque ayer. (ir)
3. ¿Ustedes
en las vacaciones? (conducir)
4. Yo
5. ¿Tú le
la canción del español al inglés. (traducir)
el secreto a tu hermana? (decir)
499
nombre
A relative pronoun stands for a noun or another pronoun previously mentioned.
It introduces a subordinate clause with its own verb.
Ejemplo:
Conocí el maestro.
I met the teacher.
El maestro enseña en mi escuela.
The teacher teaches in my school.
becomes
Conocí el maestro que enseña en mi escuela.
I met the teacher who teaches in my school.
Directions: Combine the two sentences using the relative pronoun “que” and the verb.
1. Hice una paella. La paella es deliciosa.
La paella
es deliciosa.
2. Tienes un lápiz. El lápiz es mío.
El lápiz
es mío.
3. Conatamos una canción. La canción es de Christina Aguilera.
La canción
es de Christina Aguilera.
4. Vieron un perro. El perro es de Juan.
El perro
es de Juan.
Directions: Combine the two sentences using the relative pronoun quien and the verb.
5. Juan es el muchacho. Voy con Juan.
Juan es el muchacho con
.
6. Escribo a una muchacha. La muchacha vive en México.
La muchacha a
vive en México.
Directions: Combine the two sentences using the relative pronoun cuyo(-a, -os, -as) and the verb.
7. Él es el maestro. Su clase estudia el español.
Él es el maestro
clase estudia el español.
8. Señor Morris es profesor. Sus estudiantes son muy inteligentes.
Señor Morris es el profesor
estudiantes son muy inteligentes.
501
lesson plan
43
Topics Covered:
Affirmative and Negative Words
Adjectives as Nouns
Spanish and English both have affirmative and negative words. In English, only one negative
word is used per sentence. In Spanish, two or more negatives may be used in the same sentence.
Here are some affirmative words in Spanish and their negative counterparts:
sí (yes)
algún, alguno/a(s) (some)
algo (something)
alguien (someone)
también (also)
siempre (always)
y…o (either…or)
no (no)
ningún, ninguno/a(s) (none)
nada (nothing)
nadie (no one)
tampoco (neither)
jamás, nunca (never)
ni…ni (neither…nor)
Examples:
¿Me trajo algo? Did you bring me anything?
Sí. Le traje algo. Yes, I brought you something.
No. No le traje nada. No. I did not bring you nothing.
Tengo algo en la mano. I have something in my hand.
No tengo nada en la mano. I don’t have nothing in my hand. (Notice that the negative was
used twice here.)
¿Quién comió el ultimo taco? Who ate the last taco?
Alguien comió el ultimo taco. Someone ate the last taco.
Nadie no comió el ultimo taco. Nobody did not eat the last taco.
Siempre practico mi español. I always practice my Spanish.
Nunca no practico mi español. I never do not practice my Spanish.
Adjectives as Nouns
In English we often use adjectives with the word one to identify something. For example, the red
one or the new one. In Spanish, an adjective can be used to identify something without the word
one. The adjective is preceded by a definite article and must match the number and
gender of the noun which it is substituting.
Vivo en la casa verde, él vive en la roja. I live in the green house, he lives in the red one.
The red one is using the adjective red in place of the noun, house. In English we put the word
one in to take the place of house. In Spanish, you just say the red. Since it is taking the place of a
singular feminine noun, use the adjective in the singular feminine form, roja.
503
43
practicar
sí
algún
algo
alguien
también
siempre
y…o
no
ningún
nada
nadie
tampoco
jamás, nunca
ni…ni
to practice
yes
some
something
someone
also
always
either…or
no
none
nothing
no one
neither
never
neither…nor
505
Affirmative & Negative Words
!
nombre
Spanish and English both have affirmative and negative words. In English, only one
negative word is used per sentence. In Spanish, two or more negatives may be used in
the same sentence.
Affirmative
Negative
sí (yes)
no (no)
algún, alguno/a(s) (some)
ningún, ninguno/a(s) (none)
algo (something)
nada (nothing)
alguien (someone)
nadie (no one)
también (also)
tampoco (neither)
siempre (always)
jamás, nunca (never)
y…o (either…or)
ni…ni (neither…nor)
Directions: Complete the following sentence by writing the correct word in the blank.
1. I always go to Spanish class.
voy a la clase de español.
2. She has something in her hand.
Tiene
en la mano.
3. You don’t want to go either?
¿Tú no quieres ir
?
4. We want neither the red one nor the blue one.
No queremos
el rojo
el azul.
5. I never eat bananas.
no como bananas.
6. Someone said something?
¿
dijo
?
7. No one said nothing?
¿
no dijo
?
507
Affirmative & Negative Words
nombre
Directions: Translate the following sentences into proper English.
1. No voy a ir tampoco.
2. Nadie nunca no me habla.
3. Algún día alguien me va a amar.
4. No tengo nungún idea.
5. Tell me something. (singular, formal)
6. You should never say anything. (singular, formal)
7. They want either the big book or the little book.
8. No one ever goes there.
Directions: Change the sentence from affirmative to negative.
9. Siempre vamos a alguna fiesta.
10. Alguien tiene algo en la mano.
11. El compró y el auto azul o el auto verde.
12. Alugún día le voy a decir algo.
509
Adjectives as Nouns
nombre
In English we often use adjectives with the word one to identify something.
For example: the red one or the new one. In Spanish, an adjective can be used to identify
something without the word one. The adjective is usually proceeded by a definite article
and must match the number and gender of the noun for which it is substituting.
Ejemplo: Prefiero la comida mexicana.
Prefiero la mexicana.
Directions: Use the example above to convert the underlined words into an adjective as a noun.
Remember to write your complete sentence on the line.
1. La muchacha china es muy inteligente.
2. No me gustan los autos nuevos.
3. Las escuelas privadas son muy caras.
4. Él tiene los perros bravos.
5. ¿Te gusta la música clásica?
6. El baile mexicano es muy famoso.
511
lesson plan
44
Topics Covered:
Imperfect Regular Verbs
Prepositional Object Pronouns
Imperfect Regular Verbs
The imperfect tense is the second form of the simple past tense in Spanish. It is used when
something in the past took place over an extended period of time or was a recurring event. It
can be translated as I used to…, or I was doing something, or, I did something in the past repeatedly. Here are the conjugations for the three types of verbs in the imperfect:
cantar / to sing
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
cantaba
cantabas
cantaba
plural
cantábamos
cantabais
cantaban
beber / to drink
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
bebía
bebías
bebía
plural
bebíamos
bebíais
bebían
elegir / to elect,
to select, to choose
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
elegía
elegías
elegía
plural
elegíamos
elegíais
elegían
All of these have the same conjugation for the first and third person in the singular. If it is not
clear in the conversation whom is being referred to, you need to use the subject pronoun.
Examples:
Vivía en Texas. I used to live in Texas.
Hablaban con la maestra. They were talking to the teacher.
Comíamos tacos todas las noches. We ate tacos every night.
Visitaba mi abuela cada verano. I visited my grandmother every summer.
Tenía un perro. I used to have a dog.
Nadabamos en el océano cada día. We used to swim in the ocean every day.
Vivia en la casa verde. He used to live in the green house.
513
lesson plan
44
There are two past tenses in Spanish. The preterit usually refers to an action in the past that is
completed or is limited by when it began or ended. The imperfect usually refers to a repeated
action in the past or one that went on for a long time. The imperfect and the preterit can also
come together in the same sentence. This is done a lot in English.
Examples:
Econtró el libro que buscaba. He found the book he was looking for.
Nos hablabamos cuando la clase empezó. We were talking to each other when the
class started.
Sometimes there are prepositions like “to, for, from, or with” followed by a pronoun.
Examples: He gave it to them.
I bought it for you.
Come with me.
In Spanish, when a pronoun like this is used, there are a few slight changes. The pronouns that
are used are the same as the subject pronouns except for the first and second persons singular.
So, instead of saying yo, mí is used, and instead of saying tú, ti is used. All the rest will just be the
same as the subject pronouns that were learned in the fifth lesson. When you use mí or ti with
the word con, which is “with”, use the words conmigo and contigo. Finally, when you have the
prepositions entre (between), excepto (except), and según (according to) use the subject
pronouns yo and tú.
Examples:
Lo dió a ellos. He gave it to them.
Lo compré para ti. I bought it for you.
Ven conmigo. Come with me.
Según tú, hoy es lunes. According to you, today is Monday.
514
44
cantar
beber
elegir
abuela
cada verano
visitar
perro
nadar
hermanos
eschuchar
mí
ti
con
conmigo
contigo
entre
excepto
según
vivir
to sing
to drink
to elect, to choose, to select
grandmother
every summer
to visit
dog
to swim
brothers
to listen
me
you
with
with me
with you
between
except
according to
to live
515
Imperfect Verbs
!
nombre
The imperfect tense in Spanish is used to express a repeated action in the past
or an action that went on for a long time.
Study the chart below to conjugate an - ir verb and an - ar verb in the imperfect tense.
INFINITIVE
vivir / to live
yo
vivía
nosotros (as)
vivíamos
tú
vivías
vosotros (as)
vivíais
él, ella,
usted
vivía
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
vivían
INFINITIVE
cantar / to sing
yo
cantaba
nosotros (as)
cantábamos
tú
cantabas
vosotros (as)
cantabais
él, ella,
usted
cantaba
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
cantaban
Directions: Write the conjugated form of the given verb in the space provided.
1. Ellos
2. Nosotros
3. Yo
4. ¿Usted
5. Los muchachos
6. No me
(visitar) a su abuela cada verano.
(vivir) en México.
(comer) cereal antes de ir a la escuela.
(tocar) la guitarra en un grupo?
(sentarse) en la clase el año pasado.
(gustar) la música clásica.
517
Imperfect Verbs
nombre
Directions: Translate the following sentences into English. Write your complete sentence on the
line provided.
1. Yo tenía un auto amarillo.
2. Tú venías a mi casa.
3. Cantábamos las canciones mexicanas.
4. Mis hermanos siempre querían ir al la playa.
Directions: Translate the following sentences into Spanish. Write your answer on the space provided.
5. We used to visit my grandmother every summer.
6. They used to have a big dog.
7. Did you used to eat tacos?
8. He used to call himself José.
519
nombre
When a pronoun is the object of a preposition, use the subject pronoun except for
the first and second person singular. For these, use mí and ti.
Ejemplo: Lo hizo para mí.
He did it for me.
When used with the preposition con these become conmigo and contigo.
Ejemplo: Canten conmigo.
Sing with me.
When used with the prepositions entre, excepto, and según, use the subject
pronouns yo and tú.
Ejemplo: Entre tú y yo, somos los más inteligentes.
Between you and me, we are the most intelligent.
Directions: Write the correct pronoun in the space povided.
1. Lo dio a
. (them)
2. Compré las flores para
. (you)
3. Esta respuesta es correcta, según
4. Voy a ir con
5. Voy a ir
. (me)
. (you, singular, formal)
. (with you, singular, informal)
6. Toda la clase va, excepto
7. Hablabamos entre
8. Hizo el trabjo para
. (me)
. (us)
. (me)
521
lesson plan
45
Topics Covered:
Imperfect Ir, Ser, Ver
Expressions of Time Using the Verb Hacer
Dialogue
The three irregular verbs in the imperfect tense are ir, to go, ser, to be, and ver, to see.
Here are their conjugations:
ir / to go
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
iba
ibas
iba
plural
íbamos
ibais
iban
Íbamos de vacaciones a la casa de mi abuela.
We used to go, or were going, on vacation to my grandmother’s house.
Íbamos a la escuela a las ocho de la mañana.
We used to go to school at eight o’clock in the morning.
ser / to be
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
era
eras
era
plural
éramos
erais
eran
Juan era el más alto de nuestra clase.
John was, or used to be, the tallest one in our class.
Eran los estudiantes más inteligentes de la escuela.
They were the most intelligent students in the school.
The verb ser is also used to express the time of day in the imperfect tense.
Eran las ocho de la noche. It was eight o’clock at night.
ver / to see
1st person
2nd person
3rd person
singular
veía
veías
veía
plural
veíamos
veíais
veían
Veían a sus amigos en la escuela.
They saw, or used to see, their friends at school.
Roberto veía al maestro en el mercado.
Robert used to see the teacher in the market.
Expressions of Time Using Hacer
When you use the word hace with a period of time and then the word que and a verb in the
present tense, it means something that started in the past and continues to the present.
523
lesson plan
45
hace + period of time + que + present tense
Examples:
Hace un año que estudio español.
I have studied (or been studying) Spanish for a year (and I still do).
Hace dos años que voy a esta escuela.
I have gone (or been going) to this school for two years (and I still do).
You can also put the hace and the time at the end of the sentence and you will not need the
word que. So our sentences would be like this:
Estudio español hace un año.
Voy a esta escuela hace dos años.
When you use the word hace with a period of time and then the word que and a verb in the
preterit tense, it means since or ago.
hace + period of time + que + preterit tense
Examples:
Hace dos años que fui a esta escuela.
I went to this school two years ago.
Hace un año que estudié español.
It has been a year since I studied Spanish.
In this construction, you can also move the time reference to the end of the sentence
and lose the word que.
Examples:
Fui a esta escuela hace dos años.
Estudié español hace un año.
When you use the verb hacer in the imperfect, hacía, with a period of time, plus the word que
and a verb conjugated in the imperfect, hacía + period of time + que + imperfect tense it
translates as “had done” something.
Hacía un año que estudiaba español cuando me gradué.
I had studied (or been studying) Spanish for one year when I graduated.
Hacía dos años que iba a esta escuela.
I had gone (had been going) to this school for two years.
When you use this construction, it gives the sense that something was going on in the past that
was interrupted by something else. Also, you can do the same thing about moving the time to
the end of the sentence and losing the que that you could do with the other two constructions.
Dialogue
Machu Picchu es un sitio arqueológico en Perú. (Machu Pichu is an archeological site in
Peru.) Los Incas vivían aquí. Eran agricultores. (The Incas used to live there. They were farmers.) Subían las montañas para sembrar sus plantas. (They climbed the mountains to plant
their plants.) También usaban el lugar para hacer ceremonias especiales. (They also used the
place to do special ceremonies. ) Los Incas abandonaron la ciudad hace 450 años. (The Incas
abandoned the city 450 years ago.) En 1911 el americano, Hiram Bingham, la redescrubrió.
(In 1911 the American, Hiram Bingham, rediscovered it.) Es uno de los sitios arqueológicos más
bonito de todo el mundo. (It is one of the most beautiful archeological sites in the world.)
524
45
ir
ser
ver
mercado
hacer
to go
to be
to see
market
to make, to do
525
Irregular Verbs in the Imperfect Tense
!
nombre
Although most verbs are regular in the imperfect tense, several important
verbs are irregular.
Study the chart below to conjugate the imperfect tenses of ser, ir, and ver.
INFINITIVE
ser / to be
yo
era
nosotros (as)
éramos
tú
eras
vosotros (as)
erais
él, ella,
usted
era
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
eran
INFINITIVE
ir/ to go
yo
iba
nosotros (as)
íbamos
tú
ibas
vosotros (as)
ibais
él, ella,
usted
iba
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
iban
INFINITIVE
ver / to see
yo
veía
nosotros (as)
veíamos
tú
veías
vosotros (as)
veíais
él, ella,
usted
veía
ellos, ellas,
ustedes
veían
Directions: Write the correctly conjugated verb in the space provided.
1. Nosotros
2. Ellos se
3. Yo
4. Usted
5. Tú
6. Ella
7.
(ser) los estudiantes más inteligentes de la escuela.
(ver) en la escuela cada día.
(ir) a nadar, pero decidí correr.
(ver) todos los partidos de fútbol.
(ir) a la misma escuela que yo.
(ser) más alta antes.
(ser) las ocho de la noche cuando comimos.
527
Comparison of Preterit & Imperfect
nombre
The preterit tense is used to express an action in the past that occurred just once or was
limited by time. The imperfect tense usually refers to a repeated action in the past or one
that went on for a long time.
Directions: Select the correct verb tense for the given sentence and write the conjugated verb
in the space provided.
1. I ate tacos last night.
(comer) tacos anoche.
2. I used to eat tacos all the time.
(comer) tacos todo el tiempo.
3. They visited their grandmother last year.
(visitar) a su abuela el año pasado.
4. They used to visit their grandmother every year.
(visitar) a su abuela cada año.
5. We were talking when the class started.
(hablar) cuando la clase
. (empezar)
Directions: Translate the following sentences into Spanish on the lines provided. Remember to use
complete sentences.
6. I gave the book to my brother.
7. We used to go to parties at school.
8. He used to say that he was going to be famous.
529
Expressions of Time Using Hacer
nombre
Hacer can be used with different verb tenses to express durations of time.
hace + period of time + que + present tense
An event that began in the past and continues to the present.
Ejemplo: Hace una semana que estamos de vacaciones.
We have been on vacation for a week (and still are).
hace + period of time + que + preterit tense
This translates as since or ago.
Ejemplo: Hace un año que la ví.
I saw her a year ago.
hacía + period of time + que + imperferct tense
This translates as had done something, usually when something else happened.
Ejemplo: Hacía un año que iba a esa escuela cuando vine aquí.
I had gone (had been going) to that school for a year when I came here.
Directions: Select the best translation for each sentence and circle your answer.
Say your answer out loud.
1. Hacía una semana que estudiaba cuando tomé el examen.
a. I have studied for a week to take the exam.
b. I studied for the test two weeks ago.
c. I had studied for a week when I took the test.
2. Hace un año que la conozco.
a. I have known her for a year.
b. I met her a year ago.
c. I had known her for a year.
3. Hace un mes que fui de vacaciones.
a. I have been on vacation for a month.
b. It is a month since I went on vacation.
c. I had been on vacation for a month.
531
Dialogue
nombre
Dialogue 10
Machu Picchu
Machu Picchu es un sitio arqueológico en Perú.
Los Incas vivían aquí. Eran agricultores.
Subían las montañas para sembrar sus plantas.
También usaban el lugar para hacer ceremonias
especiales. Los Incas abandonaron la ciudad hace 450 años.
En 1911 el americano, Hiram Bingham, la redescrubrió.
Es uno de los sitios arqueológicos más bonito de todo el mundo.
533
year in review
lesson plan
46
Sounds of Spanish
Nouns and Gender
Subject Pronouns
Tú vs. Usted
Conjugation of - ar, - er, and - ir
Lesson 1
Lesson 3
Lesson 5
Lesson 5
Lesson 6, 7, 8
537
46
539
Year in Review
nombre
Directions: Write the word “masculine” or “feminine” on the line next to the noun.
Ejemplos: gato
vaca
masculine
feminine
1. perro
6. árbol
2. anís
7. universidad
3. abuela
8. jardín
4. reglaje
9. olor
5. institución
10. delicadez
Directions: Draw a line from the correct subject pronoun in Spanish to the one in English.
Spanish
English
11. yo
we
12. tú
they (masculine)
13. él
you (formal)
14. ella
you all (formal)
15. usted
you (informal)
16. nosotros
I
17. vosotros
she
18. ellos
you all (informal)
19. ellas
they (feminine)
20. ustedes
he
541
Year in Review
nombre
- ar Verbs
21. visitar stem
22. él
24. yo
26. ellos
23. tú
25. vosotros
27. nosotros
28. tomar stem
29. usted
31. tú
33. ella
30. ellas
32. vosotros
34. yo
36. nosotros
38. ustedes
40. él
37. ella
39. ellos
41. yo
35. saludar stem
- er Verbs
42. leer stem
43 él
45. yo
47. ellos
44. tú
46. vosotros
48. nosotros
50. usted
52. tú
54. ella
51. ellas
53. vosotros
55. yo
57. nosotros
59. ustedes
61. él
58. ella
60. ellos
62. yo
49. aprender stem
56. deber stem
543
Year in Review
nombre
- ir Verbs
63. vivir stem
64. él
66. yo
68. ellos
65. tú
67. vosotros
69. nosotros
71. usted
73. tú
75. ella
72. ellas
74. vosotros
76. yo
78. nosotros
80. ustedes
82. él
79. ella
81. ellos
83. yo
70. cumplir stem
77. subir stem
Saludos
Directions: Write the letter of the English phrase that matches the Spanish phrase.
84. Hola.
a. Good luck.
85. ¿Cómo está usted?
b. Hello.
86. Mucho gusto.
c. I’m fine, thanks.
87. Me llamo
.
d. What is your name?
88. ¿Cómo se llama usted?
e. Pleased to meet you.
89. Muy bien, gracias.
f. Until then.
90. El gusto es mío.
g. How are you?
91. Hasta luego.
h. The pleasure is mine.
92. Estoy bien, gracias.
i. Good-bye.
93. Buena suerte.
j. My name is
94. Adios.
k. Very well, thank you.
545
.
lesson plan
47
Question Words
Negation
The Verb Estar
The Verb Ser
Ser vs. Estar
The Verb Tener
Colors
Ir + a + infinitive
Stem - Changing e ei
Pedir vs. Preguntar
Lesson 11
Lesson 12
Lesson 12
Lesson 13
Lesson 13
Lesson 15
Lesson 16
Lesson 21
Lesson 5 & 25
Lesson 26
Lesson 26
547
Year in Review
nombre
Question Words
Directions: Match the Spanish question word with the English equivalent on the right.
1. ¿Quién?
a. Where?
2. ¿Cuándo?
b. How Much?
3. ¿Qué?
c. Who?
4. ¿Dónde?
d. When?
5. ¿Cuánto?
e. What?
Negatives
Directions: Write the necessary word(s) to form a logical negative sentence
based on the sentence before it.
6. ¿Habla Josefina el francés?
Josefina
7. ¿José está en California?
José
en California.
8. Nos gusta estudiar.
estudiar.
9. Mariá juega el voleibol.
María
Directions: Write two complete negative sentences in Spanish.
10.
11.
Ser vs. Estar
Directions: Decide whether to use ser or estar in the
following sentences and conjugate the verb in the blank.
12. Miguel
13. La plumas
14. ¿Dónde
15.
el francés.
enfermo hoy.
rojas.
Sacramento?
la una de la tarde.
549
en voleibol.
Year in Review
nombre
Tener
Directions: Write the correct form of the verb tener.
16. Yo
frío.
17. Él
tres lápices azules.
18. Tú
ocho años.
19. Ustedes
20. Nosotros
que estudiar más.
que terminar el repaso.
Ir + a + infinitive
Directions: Write a complete sentence telling what the following people are going to do tomorrow
(mañana) by combining the given elements.
21. Yo / correr
22. Nosotros / salir juntos
23. Los amigos / comer
24. Tú / venir a mi casa
25. Usted / ver una película
551
Year in Review
nombre
Colors
Directions: Match the Spanish color word with the English equivalent on the right. Write the correct
letter in the space provided.
26. negro
a. orange
27. anaranjado
b. pink
28. café
c. brown
29. morado
d. black
30. rosa
e. purple
31. verde
f. blue
32. blanco
g. red
33. azul
h. yellow
34. amarillo
i. green
35. rojo
j. white
Numbers
Directions: Match the Spanish number with the Arabic numeral on the right. Write the
correct letter in the space provided.
36. ocho
a. 14,000,000
37. quinientos uno
b. 453
38. quince
c. 14,000
39. catorce millones
d. 1,087,632
40. diecinueve mil
e. 1,900
41. catorce mil
f. 19,000
42. setenta y siete
g. 15
43. cuatrocientos cincuenta y tres
h. 501
44. mil novecientos
i. 8
45. un millón, ochenta y siete mil, seiscientos treinta y dos
j. 77
553
lesson plan
48
Hay
Obligation Tener que, Hay que, Deber
Diminutives
Possessive Pronouns
Formal and Informal Commands
Direct and Indirect Objects with Commands
Reciprocal Reflexes
Superlatives
555
Lesson 23
Lesson 24
Lesson 24
Lesson 25
Lesson 26
Lesson 27
Lesson 28
Lesson 32
Lesson 34 & 35
Lesson 36
Lesson 37
Lesson 37
Lesson 38
Lesson 38
Year in Review
nombre
1.
maestra (your formal, plural)
2.
perros (my)
3.
escuela (our)
4.
casas (your formal)
5.
bicicleta (your informal)
Possessive Pronouns
6. yours (formal, singular) (el libro)
7. ours (las casas)
8. ours (el árbol)
9. yours (informal, singular) (los teléfonos)
10. hers (la muñeca)
Obligation
Directions: Translate the following sentences into Spanish using the correct construction to
indicate obligation.
11. You should drink the milk (leche).
13. We have to study Spanish.
557
Year in Review
nombre
Diminutives
14. prima
15. abuelo
16. hermanas
17. perros
18. Luis
Directions: Translate the following sentences into Spanish using direct and indirect object
pronouns in each sentence.
19. She gave me a book.
verdad = truth
decir = to say, to tell
mostrar = to show
20. They told us the truth.
comprar = to buy
regalo = gift
21. We showed them the houses.
22. I did not buy you the gift.
Reflexive Verbs
23. Yo
24. Ellos
25. ¿Cómo
las manos antes de comer. (lavarse)
en las sillas. (sentarse)
usted? (llamarse)
26. ¿Ustedes
mal? (sentirse)
27. Nosotros
a la seis de la mañana. (despertarse)
559
Year in Review
nombre
Formal Commands
28. Study your Spanish book. (estudiar)
29. Eat your dinner. (comer)
ustedes su cena.
30. Run to the beach. (correr)
ustedes a la playa.
31. Pay attention in class. (poner)
ustedes atención en la clase.
usted a la maestra.
Informal Commands
33. Drink the water. (tomar)
38. Follow the rules. (sequir)
el agua.
34. Sing with her. (cantar)
las reglas.
39. Go down the stairs. (bajar)
con ella.
35. Do this now. (hacer)
las escaleras.
40. Go to the school. (ir)
éste ahora.
a la escuela.
41. Do not leave there.
aquí.
37. Do not be careful.
No
No
de allí.
42. Do not put the book on the table.
cuidado.
No
561
lesson plan
49
Verb Tenses
Preterit of Regular Verbs
Lesson 41
Lesson 41
Lesson 42
Lesson 42
Lesson 43
Lesson 45
563
Year in Review
nombre
Preterit Tense
Directions: Write the correct conjugation of the indicated verbs in the preterit tense.
1. Él
2. Ella
3. ¿Usted
día y noche. (trabajar)
en un café. (comer)
con su abuela? (salir)
4. Ellos
conmigo. (estar)
5. Ellos
comida mexicana. (comer)
6. ¿Ustedes
7. Yo
8. Nosotros
9. ¿Tú no
en la casa de Marcos? (vivir)
que ir al hospital. (tener)
venir anoche? (poder)
10. ¿Dónde
mis libros tú? (poner)
11. ¿Ustedes
de vacaciones? (ir)
12. ¿Qué
él? (decir)
Imperfect Tense
Directions: Write the correct conjugation of the indicated verbs in the imperfect tense.
13. Yo
14. Nosotros
15. ¿Usted
16. Ellos
17. Yo
18. Nosotros
en Arizona. (vivir)
pescado en Florida. (comer)
al maestro en la escuela? (visitar)
los estudiantes más inteligentes de la escuela. (ser)
todos los partidos de beisbol. (ver)
a la misma escuela. (ir)
565
Year in Review
nombre
Preterit and Imperfect
Directions: Select the correct verb tense for the given sentence and write the conjugated
verb in the space provided.
19. We ate enchiladas last night.
(comer) enchiladas anoche.
20. They used to eat tacos all the time.
(comer) tacos todo el tiempo.
21. He visited his friend last month.
(visitar) a su amigo el mes pasado.
22. I used to visit my cousins every year.
(visitar) a mis primos cada año.
23. You were talking when the movie started.
(hablar) cuando la película
. (empezar)
Directions: Complete the following sentence by writing the correct word in the blank.
24. He never goes to Spanish class.
no va a la clase de español.
25. I do not have nothing in my hand.
No tengo
en la mano.
26. You want to go too?
¿Tú quieres ir
?
27. We want either the red one or the blue one.
Queremos
el rojo
el azul.
28. I always eat bananas.
como bananas.
29. No one said nothing?
¿
no dijo
?
567
final evaluation
Test on Lessons 1 - 45
nombre
Gender of Nouns
1. ciudad
masculine
feminine
2. tambor
masculine
feminine
3. casa
masculine
feminine
4. edición
masculine
feminine
5. regalo
masculine
feminine
Subject Pronouns
Directions: Write the letter of the correct English pronoun in the space next to the Spanish pronoun.
6. yo
a. we
7. tú
b. you (informal)
8. ella
c. I
9. nosotros
d. she
10. ellos
e. they
Numbers
Directions: Match the Spanish word from the answer key to the number.
11.
745
a. doce
12.
12
b. dos millones
13.
47,000
c. cuarenta y siete mil
14.
200,000
d. doscientos mil
15.
2,000,000
e. setecientos cuarenta y cinco
571
Test on Lessons 1 - 45
nombre
Verb Conjugation
16. yo vivir
a. vive
b. vivimos
c. vivo
17. usted comer
a. como
b. come
c. comen
18. nosotros hablar
a. hablamos b. hablo
c. hablan
19. ellas pedir
a. piden
b. pide
c. pedimos
20. tú estar
a. está
b. estás
c. están
Question Words
21. ¿Quién?
a. Where?
22. ¿Cuándo?
b. How Much?
23. ¿Qué?
c. Who?
24. ¿Dónde?
d. When?
25. ¿Cuánto?
e. What?
Estar vs. Ser
Directions: Select the correct conjugation for the appropriate verb, ser or estar. Write the letter of
your response in the space provided.
26. ¿Qué hora
a. está
?
b. es
27. Estos libros
a. están
28. Las Vegas
a. está
29. Tú
a. estás
30. Yo
a. estoy
c. soy
de Juan.
b. es
c. son
en Nevada.
b. es
c. son
b. es
c. eres
bien, gracias.
b. está
c. es
573
Tests on Lessons 1 - 45
nombre
Colors
31. rojo
a. blue
32. verde
b. red
33. azul
c. purple
34. anaranjado
d. green
35. morado
e. orange
36.
perros (our)
37.
casa (his)
38.
libros (my)
39.
papel (your familiar)
40.
maestros (their)
Obligation
41. I have to go.
a. Voy a ir.
b. Tengo que ir.
c. Hay que ir.
42. He should be at home.
44. You must study Spanish.
b. Tengo que estudiar español. c. Tienes que estudiar español.
45. We should eat now.
575
nombre
Possessive Pronouns
46. mine (la comida)
47. yours, (formal)(el trabajo)
48. yours (formal, plural)(las enchíladas)
49. ours (la escuela)
50. hers (los papeles)
Direct Objects
Directions: Match the letter of the correct direct object pronoun with the sentences.
51. Juan knows me.
Juan
a. lo
conoce.
52. They see María (her).
b. me
ven.
53. I love you.
c. los
amo.
54. You want the dog (it / perro).
d. la
quieres.
55. We have the books (them / libros).
e. te
tenemos.
Indirect Objects
Directions: Match the letter of the correct indirect object pronoun with the sentences.
56. María
57. Juan
58. El mesero
59. José
60.
(a Susana) dio a el libro.
a. les
(para nosotros) compra flores.
(a ellos) trae el menú.
(a mí) presta dinero.
b. te
c. nos
d. le
(a ti) doy el examen.
e. me
577
nombre
Formal Commands
Directions: Write the letter of the correct formal command for the given verb.
61.
usted su libro de español. (leer)
a. lee
b. lea
62.
c. lean
ustedes su cena. (cocinar)
a. cocinen
b. cocina
63.
c. cocinan
ustedes una carta para el maestro. (preparar)
a. preparan
b. prepara
64.
c. preparen
usted el español en la clase. (hablar)
a. hablan
b. hable
65.
c. hablen
usted la verdad. (decir)
a. diga
b. di
c. digan
Informal Commands
Directions: Write the letter of the correct singular, informal command for the given verb.
66.
lo que haces. (mirar)
a. mira
67.
b. mire
c. miro
tu leche. (tomar)
a. tome
68.
b. tomo
c. toma
atención al maestro. (prestar)
a. preste
69.
b. presta
c. presto
cuidado. (tener)
a. tengo
b. tenga
70. No
a. sirvas
c. ten
demasiado helado. (servir)
b. sirve
c. sirva
579
nombre
Preterit Tense
Directions: Select the correct conjugation of the given verb in the preterit tense.
Write the letter of your answer on the line provided.
71. ¿Tú
anoche? (trabajar)
a. trabajó
72. Yo
b. trabajaba
c. trabajaste
a la seis. (comer)
a. comí
b. comió
73. Ellas
c. comimos
en Brazil. (vivir)
a. vivimos
b. vivieron
74. Nosotros
c. vivió
a. quiero
b. quise
75. ¿Él le
c. quisimos
el secreto a tu hermana? (decir)
a. dijo
b. dije
c. dijimos
Imperfect Tense
Directions: Select the correct conjugation of the given verb in the imperfect tense.
Write the letter of your answer on the line provided.
76. Ellos
a. vivíamos
77. Él
a. tocaba
78. Nosotros
a. estaba
79. Yo
a. iba
80. Tú
a. era
en México. (vivir)
b. vivían
c. vivía
la guitarra. (tocar)
b. tocabas
c. tocaban
en la clase. (estar)
b. estabas
c. estabamos
a comer, pero no comí. (ir)
b. ibo
c. ibas
más alto antes. (ser)
b. eran
c. eras
581
answer keys
Spanish Speaking Countries & Their Capitals:
Lesson 1A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
México City
Guatemala
San Saludor
Tegucigalpa
Panamá
Managua
San José
La Habana
San Juan
Santo Domingo
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Gender of Nouns: Lesson 3C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Caracas
Bogotá
Lima
Santiago
Buenos Aires
Quito
Asunción
Montevideo
La Paz, Sucre
Madrid
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1. sister languages, cousin languages,
language families
2. Mandarin Chinese
3. Indo-European
4. German and Dutch
5. Portugese, Italian, French, and Romanian
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
4
2
2
action
music
regular
bicycle
vote
favor
guitar
office
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
second
minute
hour
rose
May
elephant
rock
Understanding Nouns: Lesson 3B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
b
a
a
b
a
b
b
b
las canciones
el muchacho
los libros
la casa
a
d
c
d
Definite and Indefinite Articles: Lesson 4A
Spanish/ English Cognates: Lesson 3A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
masculine
feminine
masculine
feminine
masculine
masculine
feminine
Articles: Lesson 3E
Sounds & Syllables: Lesson 2B
la
te
mi
yo
su
llama
corro
ajo
año
roto
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Plural Forms of Nouns: Lesson 3D
Language Families for English & Spanish:
Lesson 1B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
c
b
b
c
d
masculine
masculine
feminine
Mary, student, school
girl, house, dog
brother, George, computer, birthday
family, Disneyland, year
teacher, students, homework
585
el
la
el
la
la
el
las
la
los
las
los
las
las
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
los
el
los
una
una
un
una
un
unas
unas
unos
unas
unos
The Numbers 0-20/ Los Números 0-20: Lesson 4B
Subject Pronouns & Forms of Address: Lesson 5C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1. I
2. she
3. you (informal)
4. he
5. you (formal)
6. they (feminine)
7. we
8. you all (informal)
9. they (masculine)
10. you all (formal)
20
5
18
0
11
10
1
16
2
19
3
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
9
8
12
4
13
15
7
14
6
17
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
tú
usted
tú
tú
usted
usted
tú
tú or usted
Conjugating –ar Verbs: Lesson 6A
Números 1-20: Lesson 4C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
cinco
cuatro
tres
seis
diecinueve
cero
dos
tres
seis
catorce
cinco
siete
dieciocho
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
trece
doce
cinco
trece
trece
ocho
diez
uno
cuatro
once
uno
nueve
Conjegation –ar Verbs: Lesson 6B
Addition (Más) and Subtraction (Menos): Lesson 4D
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
nueve plumas
dieciséis manzanas
catorce libros
ocho borradores
cinco perros
catorce gatos
un profesor
veinte lápices
cero papeles
once sillas
Diálogo y Números: Lesson 5B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
hablo
habla
hablamos
hablan
hablas
habláis
veinte
siete
veinte y siete
cincuenta
cuatro
cincuenta y cuatro
setenta
ocho
setenta y ocho
1. escuch 2. trabaj 3. mir 4. cant 5. estudi 6. llev 7. compr 8. camin 9. toc 10. salud 11. - a
12. - an
13. - a
14. - an
15. - an
16. - áis
17. - as
18. - amos
19. - o
20. - a
21. bail -
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
baila
bailas
bailo
bailáis
bailan
bailamos
camin camina
caminan
caminas
camináis
camina
camino
mir miramos
mira
miran
miran
mira
miro
Verbs that end in –ar: Lesson 6C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
586
6
5
1
4
2
3
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
canto
estudias
hablamos
entran
habla
Verbs that end in –er: Lesson 7A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Verbs that end in –ir: Lesson 8A
comemos
beben
comprendes
vende
aprendéis
leo
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
-ir verbs: Lesson 8B
Conjugation: Lesson 7B
1. com 2. le 3. beb 4. aprend 5. vend 6. comprend 7. corr 8. sorprend 9. deb 10. cre 11. - e
12. - emos
13. - éis
14. - en
15. - en
16. - o
17. - es
18. - en
19. - e
20. - e
21. cre -
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
1. recib 2. decid 3. abr 4. sub 5. cumpl 6. escrib 7. aplaud 8. cubr 9. prohib 10. describ 11. - e
12. - imos
13. - ís
14. - en
15. - en
16. - o
17. - es
18. - en
19. - e
20. - e
21. abr -
cree
crees
creo
creéis
creen
creemos
comprend comprende
comprenden
comprendes
comprendemos
comprende
comprendo
beb bebemos
bebe
beben
beben
bebe
bebo
bebemos
lee
comen
vendes
comprendo
sorprenden
creéis
aprenden
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
corre
debe
creo
corres
bebe
debemos
coméis
leen
pequeña
interesantes
flaco
inocentes
difíciles
abre
abres
abro
abrís
abren
abrimos
escrib escribe
escriben
escribes
escribís
escribe
escribo
decid decidimos
decide
deciden
deciden
decide
decido
tomamos
lee
reciben
vendes
estudio
aplauden
creéis
escriben
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
camina
debe
abro
corres
canta
vivimos
coméis
pintan
Review of Lessons 1-8: Lesson 9A
Adjectives: Lesson 7D
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
Verb Agreement: Lesson 8C
Verb Agreement: Lesson 7C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
decidimos
suben
recibes
escribe
asistís
cumplo años
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
6. aburridas
7. bonita
8. excelentes
9. fea
10. amables
587
feminine
masculine
feminine
masculine
feminine
el
las
las
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
el
la
un
unas
unas
un
una
Review of Lessons 1-8: Lesson 9B
Test of Lesson 1-9: Lesson 10C
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
ciudades
plumas
libros
peces
computadores
j
g
i
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
f
h
d
a
b
e
c
alta
anchas
bravo
grande
blancos
diecinueve
seis
uno
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
cincuenta y dos
ochenta y siete
plant cubr le habl viv -
Review of Lesson 1-8: Lesson 9D
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
hablamos
leo
vive
corres
nada
estudian
hablamos
come
vive
lees
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
b
g
e
j
d
k
h
f
c
a
i
feminine
masculine
feminine
masculine
masculine
la
el
los
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
perros
muchachas
convenciones
tractores
lápices
d
c
b
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
hablo
lee
vivimos
corren
nadas
leen
estudiamos
vive
come
termino
Some tall girls eat six tacos.
Los cuatro profesores hablan el español.
¿Dónde?
¿Cuántos?
¿Quién?
¿Cuándo?
¿Qué?
¿Cómo?
¿Cuál?
¿Quién?
Questions with Word Order: Lesson 11B
los
las
una
un
unos
unos
unas
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Test of Lessons 1-9: Lesson 10B
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
veinte
cuarenta y tres
cant permit beb pint abr -
Question Words: Lesson 11A
Test of Lessons 1-9: Lesson 10A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
Test of Lessons 1-9: Lesson 10D
Review of Lesson 1-8: Lesson 9C
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
altas
ancha
bravo
grande
blancos
quince
ocho
dos
e
a
c
e
b
a
d
Viven ellos
Coméis
Es Señor Morris
Lee usted
Estudian Juan y María
¿Nadan ustedes?
¿Es la iglesia linda?
¿Cree el maestro que es verdad?
¿Comprendes tú el español?
¿Cantan ellas muchas canciones?
México: Lesson 11C
The Méxican flag is green, white and red.
588
Negative Sentences: Lesson 12A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Estar vs. Ser: Lesson 13C
no estudia
No estamos
no es
no es
no soy
No viven
Answers may vary
Answers may vary
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
4. c
5. a
6. b
across:
2. al
3. con
4. después de
6. en
estáis: You are all in the office.
estamos: We are tired.
estás: You are very pretty tonight.
están: You all are nervous.
están: They are in Costa Rica.
está: You are sick.
estoy: I am very busy
Ellos están contentos.
Yo estoy enfermo. (- a for females)
Mariana está viva.
Tú estás en Barcelona.
Milagros y yo estamos cansados.
¿Vosotros estáis tristes?
¿Cómo estás?
¿Vosotros estáis en la playa?
Ellas están en México.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
soy
son
es
eres
somos
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
es
son
sois
soy
es
6.
7.
8.
9.
por
en
al, del
de
The students sing with the teacher.
I run to the school.
We sing after the teacher.
You run through the school.
She sings before the teacher.
You all run from the school.
¿De quién es?
Comemos con la maestra.
Caminan al museo.
Cardinal Points: Lesson 15A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Ser Sentences: Lesson 13B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Antes de
con
Después de
a
de
down:
1. del
2. antes de
4. de
5. por
Prepositions: ¿Cuál es la preposición?: Lesson 14B
Ser: Lesson 13A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
es
están
somos
es
es
Es
está
están
Crossword
Estar: Lesson 12C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Preposiciones: Lesson14A
Estar: Lesson 12B
1. b
2. c
3. b
está
es
soy
está
son
estás
soy
estáis
es: He is boring.
somos: My cousin and I are from New York.
es: You are good-looking.
somos: We are Mexicans.
son: They are fun.
es: My sister is very quiet.
es: The apple is red.
eres: Are you Columbian?
a
c
c
b
c
Tener: Lesson 15B
1. tengo
2. tiene
3. tiene
4. tiene
5. tienen
589
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
a
b
c
a
b
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
tiene
tienes
tienen
tenéis
tenemos
Demonstrative Adjectives: Lesson 17B
Tener / Buscar / Mirar: Lesson 15C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
I have the apple.
You look for diamonds.
He sees the dolphins.
She has a cold.
We are looking for the teacher.
They see the teacher.
They have a cookie.
You all are looking for the answer.
Las Figuras / Formas: Lesson 16A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
three purple rectangles
six blue triangles
four green squares
two orange circles
one black square, one yellow circle,
one brown triangle, one pink rectangle
este
aquella
estas
esa
esos
esta
aquel
esos
esta
este
esas
estos
aquellas
este
estas
estos
esa
este
este
esas
Crossword: Lesson 18A
across:
6. son las cinco y diez
Orienteering in Arizona: Lesson 16B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Phoenix
México
California, Nevada
Utah
Nuevo México
Colorado
Parque nacional Grand Canyon.
Parque nacional Saguaro.
down:
1. de la mañana
2. son las siete y cincuenta
3. de la noche
4. es media noche
5. hora
7. el las una
¿Qué hora es? What time is it?: Lesson 18B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
4:00
9:00
1:00
2:00
12:00
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
10:30
1:15
2:45
4:50
12:00
¿Qué hora es?: Lesson 18C
Tener que: Lesson 16C
1. Son las siete y cuarto.
2. Es la una y media.
3. Son la cuatro y cuarenta y cinco or
Son las cinco menos cuarto.
4. Son las ocho y veinte.
5. Son las once y veinte y cinco.
1. No tengo que estudiar mucho.
2. Si, tengo que leer mucho.
3. No tengo escribir composiciones.
4. No tengo que tomar exámenes.
5. Si, tengo que sacar buenas notas.
Colores: Lesson 16D
La Hora: Lesson 18D
Color according to chart.
1. La clase de inglés es a las doce y media
de la tarde.
2. El almuerzo es la las once y veinte de la mañana.
3. La clase de historia es a las ocho de la mañana.
4. El recreo es a las diez de la mañana.
5. Las clases terminan a las dos y veinte y cinco
de la tarde.
Demonstrative Pronouns: Lesson 17A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
ésta, ésa
ésas
Ésos
ésta
ésas
ése, Éste
aquéllas
590
Review of Lessons 11-18: Lesson 19A
Test of Lessons 11-19: Lesson 20A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
d
a
e
c
b
¿Corre usted?
¿Hablamos nosotros español?
¿Está Julián en la escuela?
¿Viven ellos en Nueva Jersey?
¿Tengo yo que estudiar?
Tú no ere muy inteligente.
Yo no tengo que estudiar.
Ellas no hablan español.
¿Usted no tiene el libro?
c
d
e
a
b
¿Come Juan?
¿Nadan ellas en el océano?
¿Es la mesa de madera?
¿Eres tú inteligent?
¿Son ustedes de México?
Ellos no cantan muy bien.
Nosotros no estudiamos Francés.
María no tiene los libros.
Yo no vivo en Texas.
Review of Lessons 11-18: Lesson 19B
Test of Lessons 11-19: Lesson 20B
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
está
estamos
estás
estoy
está
es
son
soy
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
son
eres
es
es
está
es
está
estamos
estoy
está
están
estás
Es
son
somos
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
es
soy
es
son
está
eres
estoy
Review of Lessons 11-18: Lesson 19C
Test of Lessons 11-19: Lesson 20C
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
d
b
a
e
c
tiene
tienen
tiene
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
tengo
tienes
d
a
c
e
b
c
a
e
b
d
tenemos
tiene
tengo
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
tienes
tienen
d
e
a
c
b
Review of Lesson 11-18: Lesson 19D
Test of Lessons 11-19: Lesson 20D
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
d
c
a
e
b
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
d
e
b
c
a
d
a
e
c
b
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
c
d
a
b
e
55. He has to open the yellow book.
56. Tenemos que tener estos autos rojos.
591
Ir + a + infinitive: Lesson 21B
Weather: Lesson 22C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Susana va a trabajar mañana.
Yo voy a bailar mañana.
Marco va a hablar mañana.
Nosotros vamos a estudiar mañana.
Los amigos van a visitar mañana.
Martha va a cantar mañana.
Los hermanos van a cocinar mañana.
Martín y Daniel van a nadar mañana.
Ir + a: Lesson 21C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Voy al museo.
Rosita va al parque.
Jorge y Carmen van a la playa.
Los turistas van al hotel.
Voy a la estación del tren.
Nosotros vamos al café.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Los meses del año: Lesson 21D
1. Hoy es el ocho de enero.
2. Hoy es el veinte y cuatro de octubre.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Los días y los meses Crucigrama: Lesson 21E
across:
4. sábado
8. agosto
9. domingo
11. junio
12. enero
13. abril
14. jueves
16. diciembre
17. octubre
18. viernes
down:
1. martes
2. febrero
3. miércoles
5. lunes
6. marzo
7. noviembre
10. mayo
14. julio
15. septiembre
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
mi
nuestras
su
su
su
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
piensa
queremos
entiendo
queréis
pierden
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
su
nuestros
nuestro
su
nuestros
Possessive Adjectives: Lesson 23C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Ellos hacen una fiesta.
Nosotros hacemos un picnic.
Manuel hace la tarea.
Usted hace la maleta.
Tú haces una barbacoa.
Yo hago planes.
Es su gato.
Son mis casas.
Es mi radio.
Es nuestra guitarra.
Son nuestros gatos.
Son nuestros lápices.
Son sus libros.
Son sus autos.
Las estaciones: Lesson 22B
Hay: Lesson 24A
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
primavera
invierno
otoño
verano
hace frío
hace calor
hace viento
hace fresco
592
Hay dos gatos.
Hay cuatro mariposas.
Hay dos pescados.
Hay cuatro abejas.
Hay seis ballenas.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
ie): Lesson 23A
Possessive Adjectives: Lesson 23B
Hacer: Lesson 22A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
empieza
entienden
prefiero
queremos
quiere
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Tener que, Deber, Hay que: Lesson 24B
Lesson 25 Activity Sheet D Answer Key
1. Tengo
2. tiene
3. Debe
4. hay
5. Hay
6. He has to be tired.
7. Debes estar cansado.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
g
e
a
h
c
j
i
f
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
b
d
432
999
11,725
1,152,512
47,200,600
Obligation: Lesson 24C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
16. ciento ochenta y siete millones, cuatrocientos
veinte y tres mil, novecientos sesenta y cinco
Tiene que ir a la casa de Mario.
Debe ir a comer a las once y media.
Tiene que ir al cine.
Hay que ir al cine a las dos y cuarenta y cinco.
Debe ir a la casa de Mario a las diez.
Stem - Changing Verbs (o
ue): Lesson 25A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
duermo
juega
volvéis
pueden
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
suelen
rogamos
vuela
tuesta
Stem - Changing Verbs (o
ue): Lesson 25B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5. puede
6. sueño; duermo
7. duele
duermo
suele
juegas
vuelve
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1. Nosotros dormimos en una cama grande.
2. Ellos suelen llegar a la escuela a las nueve
menos cuarto.
3. Vosotros jugáis al fútbol después de las clases.
4. Ustedes vuelven a casa a las seis o seis y media.
5. Ellas pueden tomar el autobús a la escuela.
6. Nosotros soñamos cuando dormimos.
7. Ustedes duelen después de jugar mucho.
sirve
pedimos
viste
sigo
dicen
pedís
sirve
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
b
a
c
c
a
c
i): Lesson 26B
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
decimos
piden
preguntamos
pedir
pide
preguntan
Possessive Pronouns: Lesson 26C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Diminutives: Lesson 25C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
b
a
c
a
c
b
i): Lesson 26A
Vivo en una casita.
Yo tengo un hermanito.
En la clase de español escribo en mis cuadernitos.
Mi primita se llama Rosa.
Luisito escribe muy bien.
Tengo seis perritas.
el mío
el suyo
el suyo
la nuestra
el tuyo
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
las suyas
las suyas
los tuyos
los nuestros
los míos
El mesero sirve el mío a las siete.
Ellos preguntan ¿dónde está la tuya?
Anita viste las suyas en ropa nueva.
Yo sigo las suyas.
Nosotros pedimos los nuestros.
Dar: Lesson 27A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
593
b
b
b
a
a
da
dan
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
da
doy
dais
damos
da
dan
Ver: Lesson 27B
Review of Lessons 21 - 28: Lesson 29B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
b
c
a
a
c
Veo a mi amigo.
Ella ve el dinero.
¿Ves la fiesta?
Vemos las noticias a las seis.
Ustedes ven una película.
Te
Lo
La
Me
Los
La
Me
La
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Las
La
cree
comprenden
mira
amo
comprendes
Te
le
les
me
le
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
Te traemos
Ella nos da
Sara me compra
Les decimos
Ellas le dan
9.
10.
11.
12.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
5. a. DO = tip
b. IO = us
6. a. DO = breakfast
b. IO = them
7. a. DO = magazines
b. IO = me
8. a. DO = milk
b. IO = waiter
c
e
a
d
b
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
c
c
b
a
c
e
d
a
b
c
ruega
recuerdan
sueño
muerdes
solemos
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
hijita
arbolito
casitas
hermanitos
Robertito
b
a
c
a
c
a
c
b
c
c
la nuestra
el tuyo
las suyas
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
los mios
el suyo
a
b
b
c
a
Review of Lessons 21 - 28: Lesson 29F
Se lo da.
Él se la canta.
Él se lo da.
Él me los compra.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
Review of Lessons 21 - 28: Lesson 29A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
mis
tu
sus
nuestras
nuestro
Review of Lessons 21 - 28: Lesson 29E
Indirect Object Pronouns: Lesson 28B
1. a. DO = bone
b. IO = dog
2. a. DO = song
b. IO = them
3. a. DO = gift
b. IO = her
4. a. DO = flowers
b. IO = me
b
i
c
a
b
b
c
Review of Lessons 21 - 28: Lesson 29D
Indirect Object Pronouns: Lesson 28A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Review of Lessons 21 - 28: Lesson 29C
Direct Object Pronouns: Lesson 27C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
g
d
e
j
f
h
c
a
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
a
b
c
c
c
594
los
la
lo
las
te
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
me
les
nos
te
le
Test of Lessons 21 - 29: Lesson 30A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
b
c
d
e
a
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Saber / Conocer: Lesson 31A
b
b
a
c
b
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Test of Lessons 21 - 29: Lesson 30B
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
g
f
h
b
d
e
c
a
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
j
i
a
c
a
c
a
nuestros
su
mi
tus
sus
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
b
a
c
c
b
d
c
e
a
b
puedo
dormimos
vuela
duermes
vuelven
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
c
b
b
c
c
el mío
las suyas
el suyo
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
me
la
te
la
los
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
los nuestros
la suya
b
c
a
b
b
le
nos
les
me
te
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
conocen
sé
saben
conoce
conocéis
sabemos
conoce
sabe
sabe
conoce
4. b
5. c
Reflexive Verbs: Lesson 32B
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Test of Lessons 21 - 29: Lesson 30F
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
sé
conoce
conoces
saben
sabe
sabe
conocen
conozco
sabéis
sabes
1. c
2. a
3. a
gatito
casita
hermanitas
libritos
Juanito
a
c
b
c
b
Test of Lessons 21 - 29: Lesson 30E
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
conozco
conoces
conoce
conoce
conoce
conocemos
conocéis
conocen
conocen
conocen
Reflexive Verbs & Pronouns: Lesson 32A
Test of Lessons 21 - 29: Lesson 30D
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Saber / Conocer: Lesson 31B
Test of Lessons 21 - 29: Lesson 30C
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
sé
sabes
sabe
sabe
sabe
sabemos
sabéis
saben
saben
saben
595
a
c
b
c
b
c
a
a
b
se despiertan
se bañan
Me despierto a la(s)….
Me levanto …..
Me acuesto ….
Si me baño./ No me baño.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
b
se llama
nos lavamos
se despiertan
me llamo
te pones
se marcha
se levanta
os sentáis
El árbol genealógico: Lesson 32C
Crucigrama de Títulos: Lesson 34C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
el abuelo
la mamá
la hermana
la abuela
el tío
la tía
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
el papá
el hijo
la hija
el hermano
el primo
la prima
don
licenciado
señorita
ingeniero
señor
6.
7.
8.
9.
señora
padre
doña
doctor
Informal Commands: Lesson 35A
Special Verbs with Indirect Object Pronouns:
Lesson 33A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
les
te
me
nos
me
les
te
les
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
le
me
gusta
importa
gustan
facinan
gusta
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Sí, le gusta estudiar.
No me facina el arte.
No le encanta bailar.
Sí, le gustan los tacos.
Sí, me gusta ir a la escuela.
No le importa lo que dicen.
Sí, me gusta usar la computadora.
No me gusta nadar.
1.
2.
3.
4.
el desayuno
la cena
la merienda
el almuerzo
la comida
lea
abra
compre
abran
llore
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
coman
escriba
hablen
diga
compre
vayan
jueguen
llegue
sea
sean
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
salgas
tengas
hagas
vengas
digas
pongas
vayas
seas
a
c
c
b
5.
6.
7.
8.
c
a
b
c
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Cómprela.
Póngalas.
Démelo.
No se lo dé.
Ábrelas.
No los abran.
Dímelo.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
No las abras.
Ábranlas.
Sírvamela.
No me la sirvan.
Véndamelas.
No los pongas aquí.
Búsquelo.
Object Pronouns with Commands: Lesson 37A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Irregular Formal Commands: Lesson 34B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
sal
ten
haz
ven
di
pon
ve
sé
Object Pronouns with Commands: Lesson 36B
Formal Commands: Lesson 34A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
escucha
mira
aprende
come
sube
recibe
habla
Commands: Lesson 36A
Las Comidas: Lesson 33C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Irregular Informal Commands: Lesson 35B
Gustar: Lesson 33B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
bebe
abre
escribe
lee
baila
estudia
compra
sepan
den
empiece
esté
busque
596
b
c
a
b
c
6.
7.
8.
9.
Se ven.
Nos hablamos.
Se miran.
Se entienden.
Comparisons of Inequality: Lesson 37B
Review of Lessons 31 - 38: Lesson 39B
1. menos
2. que
3. que
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
4. más
5. que
6. menos
Comparisons of Inequality: Lesson 37C
1.
or
2.
or
3.
or
4.
or
El español es menos difícil que el alemán.
El alemán es más difícil que el español.
La casa azul es menos cara que la casa amarilla.
La casa amarilla es más cara que la casa azul.
La película es menos interesante que el libro.
El libro es más interesante que la película.
La hamburguesa es menos deliciosa que la tostada.
La tostada es más deliciosa que la hamburguesa.
Comparisons of Equality: Lesson 38A
1. b
2. a
3. c
4. c
5. a
6. b
Superlatives: Lesson 38C
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1. b
2. a
3. c
4. a
Cuida
Lee
Trae
Ven
grites
c
a
b
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
a
c
Nos
Se
Nos
Se
Nos
más
que
menos
más
peor
como
como
tan
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
tantos
tanto
de
menos
mayor
mejor
mejor
e
c
b
a
d
c
e
b
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
a
d
c
b
a
a
c
Test of Lessons 31 - 39: Lesson 40B
Review of Lessons 31 - 38: Lesson 39A
e
d
c
b
a
b
d
c
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Test of Lessons 31 - 39: Lesson 40A
4. más
5. de
Superlatives: Lesson 38D
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Les
Te
Lea
Cocinen
Naden
Presten
Siga
Review of Lessons 31 - 38: Lesson 39C
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
Julian tiene tantos abuelos como Magdalena.
El español es tan difícil como el inglés.
Roberto es tan joven como Alicia.
La limonada es tan buena como el agua.
Karina está tan contenta como Raquel.
Hablo tantos idiomas como Juan.
(note the gender of idioma!)
1. más
2. de
3. más
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Review of Lessons 31 - 38: Lesson 39D
Comparisons of Inequality: Lesson 38B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
me afeito
se divierten
se pone
se cansan
nos marchamos
me
Nos
Le
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
e
a
b
a
b
c
a
597
nos sentamos
me lavo
se peina
se levantan
te llamas
le
les
me
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
te
nos
estudie
coman
escriban
hable
diga
Test of Lessons 31 - 39: Lesson 40C
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
mira
toma
escucha
ten
comas
c
c
b
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
Preterit Tense (- ir): Lesson 41C
a
a
se
se
nos
se
nos
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Test of Lessons 31 - 39: Lesson 40D
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
más
que
menos
más
mejor
como
como
tan
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
tantas
tanto
de
más
la
mejor
peor
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1. dio
2. fuimos
3. condujeron
trabajaste
compró
contestasteis
cenaron
hablé
miramos
escucharon
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
5.
6.
7.
8.
pudo
hizo
puso
supisteis
4. traduje
5. dijiste
Irregular Preterit Verbs: Lesson 42C
1.
2.
3.
4.
que hice
que tienes
que cantamos
que vieron
5.
6.
7.
8.
quien voy
quien escribo
cuya
cuyos
Irregular Preterit Verbs: Lesson 43A
1. Siempre
5. Jamás/ Nunca
2. algo
6. Alguien; algo
3. tampoco
7. Nadie; nada
4. ni; ni
Preterit Tense (- er): Lesson 41B
comí
comiste
comió
comió
comimos
comisteis
comieron
comieron
tuve
estuvimos
quisieron
viniste
Irregular Preterit Verbs: Lesson 42B
16. Llegué a la escuela a la(s) …. (answers will vary)
17. (Sí or No) miré la televisión anoche.
18. (Sí or No) almorcé con alguien ayer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
abrió
asististeis
asististe
viví
recibió
recibimos
vivieron
Preterit of Stem Changing Verbs: Lesson 42A
Preterit Tense (- ar): Lesson 41A
trabajé
trabajaste
trabajó
trabajó
trabajamos
trabajasteis
trabajaron
trabajaron
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16. Nosotros recibimos (answers will vary) regalos.
17. (Sí or No) abrí la ventana.
18. (Sí or No) recibí el paquete.
61. Sé hablar el español mejor que tú.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
viví
viviste
vivió
vivió
vivimos
vivisteis
vivieron
vivieron
Irregular Preterit Verbs: Lesson 43B
1. I am not going to go either.
2. No one ever speaks to me.
3. Someday someone is going to love me.
4. I have no idea.
5. Dígame algo.
6. Jamás no debes decir nada.
7. Quieren y el libro grande o el libro pequeño.
8. Nadie nunca no va allí.
9. Jamás no vamos a ninguna fiesta.
10. Nadie no tiene nada en la mano.
11. Él no compró ni el auto azul ni el auto verde.
12. Ningún día no le voy a decir nada.
corrimos
comiste
resolvió
entendisteis
escogí
envolvió
prometieron
16. Compré (answers will vary) pantalones.
17. (Sí or No) conocí a tu primo.
18. (Sí or No) comí con ella anoche.
598
Adjectives as Nouns: Lesson 43C
Year in Review: Lesson 46A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
La china es muy inteligente.
No me gustan los nuevos.
La privadas son muy caras.
Él tiene los bravos.
¿Te gusta la clásica?
El mexicano es muy famoso.
Imperfect Verbs: Lesson 44A
1. visitaban
2. viviamos
3. comía
4. tocaba
5. se sentaban
6. gustaba
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
I used to have a yellow car.
You used to come to my house.
We used to sing the Mexican songs.
My brothers always wanted to go to the beach.
Visitabamos a mi abuela cada verano.
Tenían un perro grande.
¿Comías tacos?
Se llamaba José.
Prepositional Object Pronouns: Lesson 44C
1.
2.
3.
4.
ellos
ti
yo
usted
5.
6.
7.
8.
contigo
yo
nosotros
mí
Irregular Verbs in the Imperfect Tense:
Lesson 45A
1.
2.
3.
4.
éramos
veían
iba
veía
5. ibas
6. era
7. eran
I
you (informal)
he
she
you (formal)
we
you all (informal)
they (masculine)
they (feminine)
you all (formal)
visit visita
visitas
visito
visitáis
visitan
visitamos
tom toma
toman
tomas
tomáis
toma
tomo
salud saludamos
saluda
saludan
saludan
saluda
saludo
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
le lee
lees
leo
leéis
leen
leimos
aprend aprende
aprenden
aprendes
aprendéis
aprende
aprendo
deb debemos
debe
deben
deben
debe
debo
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
sube
suben
suben
sube
subo
b
g
e
j
d
k
h
f
c
a
I
Year in Review: Lesson 46C
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.
Comparison of Preterit & Imperfect: Lesson 45B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Year in Review: Lesson 46B
Imperfect Verbs: Lesson 44B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
masculine
masculine
feminine
masculine
feminine
masculine
feminine
masculine
masculine
feminine
comí
comía
visitaron
visitaban
hablabamos; empezó
Di el libro a mi hermano.
Ibamos a fiestas en la escuela.
Decía que iba a ser famoso.
Expressions of Time Using Hacer: Lesson 45C
1. c
2. a
3. b
599
viv vive
vives
vivo
vivís
viven
vivimos
cumpl cumple
cumplen
cumples
cumplís
cumple
cumplo
sub subimos
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
c
d
e
a
b
no habla
no está
no nos gusta
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
no juega
Answers will vary.
Answers will vary.
está
son
está
Es
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
primita
abuelito
hermanitas
perritos
Luisito
Me lo dió.
Nos la dijieron.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Se las mostramos.
No te lo compré.
me lavo
se sientan
se llama
se sienten
nos despertamos
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
Ven
tengas
Sigue
Baja
Ve
salgas
pongas
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
pusiste
fueron
dijo
vivía
comíamos
visitaba
eran
veía
íbamos
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
nada
también
y; o
Siempre
Nadie; nada
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
tengo
tiene
tienes
tienen
tenemos
Yo voy a correr mañana.
Nosotros vamos a salir juntos mañana.
Los amigos van a comer mañana.
Tú vas a venir a mi casa mañana.
Usted va a ver una película mañana.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
d
a
c
e
b
i
j
f
h
g
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
i
h
g
a
f
c
j
b
e
d
trabajó
comió
salió
estuvieron
comieron
vivieron
tuve
quisimos
pudiste
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Estudie
Coman
Corran
Pongan
Escuche
Toma
Canta
Haz
su
mis
nuestra
sus
tu
el suyo
las nuestras
el nuestro
los tuyos
la suya
Debes tomar la leche.
Hay que hacer eso.
Tenemos que estudiar español.
Comimos
Comían
Visitó
Visitaba
Hablabas; empezó
Jamás/Nunca
Test on Lessons 1 - 45: Lesson 50A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
600
feminine
masculine
feminine
feminine
masculine
c
b
d
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
a
e
e
a
c
d
b
Test on Lessons 1 - 45: Lesson 50B
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
c
b
a
a
b
c
d
e
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
a
b
b
c
a
c
a
Test on Lessons 1 - 45: Lesson 50C
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
b
d
a
e
c
nuestros
su
mis
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
tu
sus
b
a
c
c
b
Test on Lessons 1 - 45: Lesson 50D
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
la mía
el suyo
las suyas
la nuestra
los suyos
b
d
e
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
a
c
d
c
a
e
b
Test on Lessons 1 - 45: Lesson 50E
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
b
a
c
b
a
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
a
c
b
c
a
Test on Lessons 1 - 45: Lesson 50F
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
c
a
b
c
a
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
b
a
c
a
c
601
index
index
A
a (to, at) 183, 184, 185, 187, 192, 193, 243, 253
abejas (bees) 295, 297
abril (April) 260, 269
abrir (to open) 119, 121, 123, 409, 417
abuela (grandmother) 381, 389, 511
abuelos (grandparents) 301
abuelo (grandfather) 59, 307
aburrido (boring) 105, 113, 163, 167, 173, 177
Accenting Syllables 49
acción (action) 59, 61
actriz (actress) 58, 59, 67
acercarse (to approach) 383, 385
acertar (to hit the mark) 315, 317
acostarse (to lie down, go to bed) 383, 385
Adjectives 28, 103, 104, 113, 215, 221, 279
Adjectives as Nouns 499, 507
admitir (to admit) 119
aeroplano (airplane) 41
afeitarse (to shave oneself ) 383, 385
Affirmative and Negative Words 499, 503
agosto (August) 12, 185, 256, 265
agua (water) 163, 185
ahora (now) 173
al (to the) 184, 185, 187, 191
al lado de (next to) 191, 193
alegrarse (to be glad) 383, 385
alemán (German) 433, 439
algo (something) 499, 501
alguien (someone) 499, 501, 503
algún (some) 499, 501, 503
allá (way over there) 413, 415
allí (there) 413, 415
almuerzo (lunch, midmorning meal) 225, 233, 393, 401
almorzar (to eat lunch) 479, 481
alto (tall- masculine, singular)
alta (tall- feminine, singular) 103, 104, 105, 113
alumnas (students, feminine) 217
amable (nice, friendly) 105, 113
amarillo (yellow) 203
amigo (friend) 325, 327
añadir (to add) 117, 119
anís (anise) 59
año (year) 193, 197
anoche (last night) 479, 481
antes de (before) 183, 185, 187, 243, 253
antigua (old) 151
aplaudir (to applaud) 117, 119
aprenderlos (to learn them) 295
aprender (to learn) 25, 105, 107, 205
605
index
aquél (that one over there- singular, masculine)
aquélla (that one over there- singular, feminine)
aquéllos (those ones over there- plural, masculine)
aquéllas (those ones over there- plural, feminine) 215, 217, 219. 245, 255, 317
aquí (here) 151, 417, 419
árbol (tree) 59, 305, 311, 393, 429
asistir (to attend) 117, 119, 483, 489
auto (car) 59, 185, 193, 197, 291, 295
ayer (yesterday) 483, 485
ayudar (to help) 185, 319
Aztec Calendar 181
azul (blue) 191, 197, 201, 249
B
bailar (to dance) 95, 97, 101, 261, 379, 419
ballenas (whales) 295, 297
bañarse (to bathe oneself ) 387, 389
beber (to drink) 105, 107, 109, 151, 407, 409, 419, 483, 513, 515
biblioteca (library) 57, 59, 63, 185, 261, 267, 295
bicicleta (bicycle) 41, 51, 59, 61, 193, 197
blanca (white, feminine) 151
blanco (white, masculine) 104, 105
bombero (firefighter) 173, 175
bonita (pretty) 163
bonito (pretty, masculine) 105, 113, 217, 219
borrar (to erase) 483
borrador (eraser) 17, 59, 67
buena nota (good grade) 205, 295
bueno (good) 17, 446, 447, 451, 455
burro (donkey) 305
buscar (to look for) 105, 183, 193, 199, 407, 409, 413
C
cada (each) 85
cada verano (every summer) 515
café (café, coffee, brown) 203, 205, 261, 267
calendario (calendar) 261
caliente (stove hot) 163, 167
callada (quiet) 173, 177
calor (hot) 203, 205, 273, 275, 279, 281
caminar (to walk) 95, 97, 99
cansado (tired) 167, 169, 179, 295
cansarse (to become tired) 387, 389
cantar (to sing) 25, 27, 49, 95, 97, 101, 261, 407, 409, 513, 515, 517
canciones (songs) 151
Capitalization 71
cara (expensive, adj.; face, n.) 437, 443
Cardinal / Intermediate Directions 191, 193
carta (letter) 205, 429
cartón (carton) 59
casarse (to get married) 381, 383
casa (house) 41, 57, 59, 63, 104, 311, 335
606
index
caso (case) 151
catarro (cold, illness) 193, 199
católica (Catholic) 151, 159
catorce (fourteen) 19, 71, 73, 77, 87
cenar (to eat dinner) 483, 485
cena (dinner) 319, 323, 397, 405
cerca de (close to) 151, 163
cero (zero) 19, 71, 73, 77, 87, 133, 143
certidumbre (certainty) 59
chica (girl) 105
chicle (gum) 41
chico (boy) 105
cien (one hundred) 19, 83, 87
cinco (five) 19, 71, 73, 77, 83, 87, 227
cincuenta (fifty) 19, 83, 87, 133
cine (movie) 295
círculo (circle) 20, 203, 207
ciudad (city) 49, 57, 58, 59, 63, 67, 379
clase (class) 17, 18, 95, 105, 185
cocinar (to cook) 255, 261, 373, 379
colombiano (Colombian) 173, 177, 179
Colors and Shapes 203, 207
comal (tortilla plate) 59
comer (to eat) 103, 105, 107, 117, 419
comida (food) 397, 399, 405, 418, 429
Commands 407, 411, 413, 417, 421, 423, 427, 431, 433
Comparisons of Inequality 435, 441, 443, 451
compartir (to share) 117, 119
composiciones (compositions) 205
comprar (to buy) 95, 97, 419, 559
comprender (to understand) 105, 107
con (with) 183, 185, 514, 515
conducir (to drive) 494, 495, 499
conmigo (with me) 514, 515, 521
conocer (to know, to be acquainted with) 377, 379, 381, 383
construida (constructed) 151
contador (accountant) 59
contento (content) 163, 169, 447, 451
contestar (to answer) 483, 485
contigo (with you) 514, 515, 521
Contractions (al, del) 24, 183, 184
corbata (necktie) 217, 219
correo (mail) 40
correr (to run) 105, 107, 117
cortinaje (curtains) 59
costumbre (custom) 57, 59, 63
creer (to believe) 105, 107, 109
cuaderno (notebook) 217
cuadro (square) 20, 203, 207
cuántos (how many?) 203, 205, 295, 297
cuarenta (forty) 19, 83, 87, 133, 143
cuarto (quarter) 223, 225, 227, 229, 255
cuatro (four) 19, 20, 71, 73, 77, 83, 87, 207, 223, 229
607
index
cubrir (to cover) 117, 119
cuidarse (to take care of oneself ) 387, 389
cumpleaños (birthday) 329, 331
cumplir (to complete) 117, 119
cumplir años (to complete years) 117, 119
curso (course) 329, 331
cuyo (whose, which) 494, 495, 501
D
dar (to give) 331, 341, 357, 371, 413, 499
Days of the Week 12, 71, 260, 269
de (of, from) 183, 184
debajo de (under) 191, 193
deber (to owe, ought, should) 105, 107, 293, 295, 299
decidir (to decide) 117, 119
decir (to say, to tell) 317, 319, 321, 417, 423, 495, 499, 559
Definite Articles 58, 67, 69
del (of the) 184, 185, 187
delfín (dolphin) 41, 193, 199
delicadez (weakness) 59
delicioso (delicious) 437, 443
Demonstrative Adjectives 215, 221, 245. See also Adjectives
dentista (dentist) 173, 179
deportes (sports) 399
desayuno (breakfast) 319, 323, 397, 405
describir (to describe) 117, 119
despedirse (to say good-bye to) 387, 389
despertarse (to wake up oneself ) 387, 389
después de (after) 183, 185, 187, 243
día (a day) 85, 260, 261
Dialogue 1 - Saludos 47
Dialogue 2 - La entrevista 89
Dialogue 3 - San Xavier del Bac 159
Dialogue 4 - Shopping 201
Dialogue 5 - Skiing 263
Dialogue 6 - Un Restaurante 315
Dialogue 7 - Fotos de Mi Familia 395
Dialogue 8 - Burritos Fiesta 425
Dialogue 9 - El Examen 491
Dialogue 10 - Machu Pichu 533
diamante (diamond) 193, 199
diciembre (December) 260, 269
diecinueve (nineteen) 19, 72, 73, 77, 87
dieciocho (eighteen) 19, 72, 73, 77, 87
dieciséis (sixteen) 19, 72, 73, 77, 87
diecisiete (seventeen) 19, 72, 73, 77, 87
diez (ten) 19, 72, 73, 77, 83, 87
difícil (difficult) 105, 113, 217, 219, 331, 443, 451
Diminutives 303, 311
dinero (money) 331, 341
Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns 337, 427, 431
divertirse (to enjoy oneself ) 387, 389
divertida (fun) 173, 177
608
index
doce (twelve) 19, 71, 73, 87
dólares (dollars) 429
doler (to hurt, to ache) 305, 307
dolor (pain) 57, 59, 63, 305, 311
dolorito (little pain) 305, 311
domingo (Sunday) 260, 269
¿dónde? (where) 27, 149, 153, 163
dormir (to sleep) 26, 303, 305, 307, 409
dos (two) 19, 71, 73, 77, 87, 143, 227
E
edificio (building) 217, 219
él (he) 85
elefante (elephant) 51, 59, 6
elegir (to elect, to choose, to select) 513, 515
el año pasado (last year) 485
el idioma (the language) 447
ellas (they; all women) 25, 85
ella (she) 85
ellos (they; all men or mixed group) 85
empezar (to begin, to start) 285, 287, 407, 409, 413
en (in, on) 187, 243, 253
en la playa (at the beach) 163, 169, 179
encantar (to enchant) 397, 399
enero (January) 269, 365
enfermo (sick) 163, 167, 169, 173, 179
enfermarse (to become sick) 387, 389
entender (to understand) 285, 287
entrar (to enter) 95, 407, 409
entre (between) 514, 515, 521
envolver (to wrap) 483, 487
equivocarse (to be mistaken) 387, 389
eschuchar (to listen) 515
escoger (to choose) 483, 487
escribir (to write) 117, 119, 205, 211, 419
escuchar (to listen) 95, 97, 101, 205
escuela (school) 185
ese (that- singular, masculine)
esa (that- singular, feminine) 215
esos (those- plural, masculine)
esas (those- plural, feminine) 215
España (Spain) 41, 43
especie (species) 59, 63
estación del tren (train station) 261, 267
estado (state) 163, 209
estar (to be) 161, 163, 169, 171, 179, 407, 409, 413, 493, 495, 497
estar vs. ser 171, 179
este (east) 191, 193, 195
este (this- singular, masculine)
esta (this- singular, feminine) 215, 221, 245
estos (these- plural, masculine)
estas (these- plural, masculine) 215, 221, 245
estudiar (to study) 95, 97, 101, 203, 205, 211
609
index
examen (exam, test) 51, 185, 329, 331, 491
excelente (excellent) 105, 113
excepto (except) 508, 509, 514, 515, 521
expansión (expansion) 59
Expressions of Time 523, 531
F
fácil (easy) 217, 219
facinar (to fascinate) 397, 399
favor (favor) 17, 51, 59, 61, 323
febrero (February) 260, 269
fecha (date) 261, 269
Feminine Endings 57, 63
feo (ugly) 105, 113, 217, 219
fiesta (party) 275, 277, 329, 331, 425
flaco (thin) 105, 113
flor (flower) 341, 343
Forms of Address 91
foto (photo) 41
fresco (cool) 275, 279, 281
frío (cold) 203, 205, 275, 279, 281
G
galleta (cookie, cracker) 193, 199
ganar (to win) 483
gato (cat) 41, 59, 193, 197, 291
gemir (to grieve, to groan) 319, 321
Genealogy 385, 393
gente (people) 41
gigante (giant) 41, 51
gimnasio (gymnasium) 295
gracias (thanks) 17, 329, 331
grande (big) 104, 105, 113, 440, 441, 449
gris (grey) 201
guapa (good-looking) 163, 169, 177
guitarra (guitar) 61, 193, 197
gustar (to please) 397, 399, 403
H
hablar (to speak) 93, 95, 97, 101, 105, 203, 485
habilidad (capability, cleverness) 59
habitación (room) 59
hacer (to make, to do) 273, 275, 417, 493, 495, 497, 523, 525, 531
hamburguesa (hamburger) 443
hay (there is, there are) 293, 295
helado (ice cream) 41
hermana (sister) 173, 177, 385, 393, 408
hermano (brother) 305, 311, 385, 393
hija (daughter) 305, 311, 385, 393
hijo (son) 385, 393
historia (history) 151
hola (hello) 53
hombre (man) 105
610
index
hora (hour) 20, 51, 59, 61, 223, 225, 227, 229, 231, 233
hospital (hospital) 40, 41, 51
hotel (hotel) 261, 267
hoy (today) 173, 179, 261
hueso (bone) 339, 343
húmedo (humid) 275
I
Idioms with the Verb Tener 203
iglesia (church) 151, 483, 489
iguana (iguana) 41
Imperfect Ir, Ser, Ver 523
Imperfect Tense 481, 523, 524
Imperfect Verbs 481, 517, 519
importar (to be important to) 397, 399
Indefinite Articles 58, 69, 75
Indirect Object Pronouns 337, 343, 397, 401, 431
Informal Commands 417, 421, 423
inocente (innocent) 105, 113
institucíon (institution) 59
interés (interest) 57, 59, 63
interesante (interesting) 105, 113
invierno 273, 275, 279
ir (to go) 205, 265, 267, 407, 409, 413, 423, 499, 527
Irregular verbs 167, 327, 397, 417, 493, 494, 499, 523, 527
Ir + a + infinitive 259, 265
J
jamás (never) 503, 507
jamón (ham) 41
jardín (garden) 57, 59, 63
joven (young) 447, 451
jueves (Thursday) 260, 269
jugar (to play) 307, 413
juego (game) 21, 40, 41, 407, 413
jugo (juice) 319
julio (July) 260, 269
junio (June) 260, 269
K
kayac (kayak) 41
L
lápiz (pencil) 18, 49, 59, 67, 173, 193, 197
lavarse (to wash oneself ) 385, 387, 389
lección (lesson) 217, 219, 329, 331
leche (milk) 20, 41, 329, 335
leer (to read) 107, 205, 211
lejos de (far from) 483, 489
letra (the letter) 51
levantarse (to get up, to rise) 387, 389
libertad (liberty) 59, 63
611
index
libro (book) 59, 305, 319, 329
limonada (lemonade) 451, 447
linda (pretty) 151, 159
llama (llama) 40
llamar (to call) 26, 151
llamarse (to call oneself ) 385, 389
llegar (to arrive) 407, 409
llevar (to take, to carry) 95, 97
lluvia (rain) 41, 275, 281
lunes (Monday) 260, 269
M
madera (wood) 173, 185
madre/mamá (mom/mother) 385
maestra (teacher, female) 59, 185, 193
maestro (teacher, male) 41, 59, 151, 173
malo (bad) 447, 455
mañana (morning, tomorrow) 223, 227
manzana (apple) 59
mapa (map) 59
marcharse (to go away, to leave) 387, 389
mariposas (butterflies) 295, 297
martes (Tuesday) 260, 269
marzo (March) 260, 269
más (more) 81, 435, 437, 445
Masculine Endings 57, 63
matemáticas (mathematics) 151
mayor (bigger, older) 446, 447, 455
el mayor (the biggest, the oldest) 446, 447, 455
mayo (May) 59, 260, 269
media hora (half an hour) 223
medianoche (midnight) 225, 227
mediodía (noon) 225, 227
mejor (better) 446, 447, 455
el mejor (the best) 446, 447, 455
memoria (memory) 295
menor (smaller, younger) 446, 447, 455
el menor (smallest, youngest) 446, 447, 455
menos (less) 281, 435, 437, 445
mentir (to lie) 285, 287
mercado (market) 525
mesa (table) 17, 59, 185, 217
mesero (waiter) 323, 341
México (Mexico) 41, 43, 195
miércoles (Wednesday) 260, 269
milla (mile) 483, 485
mirar (to look at, to watch) 97, 193, 199, 485
mí (me) 514, 515, 521
mi (my) 289, 513
minuto (minute) 51, 59, 61, 223, 225, 227
misión (mission) 151, 159
mochila (backpack) 173, 179, 429
morado (purple) 203, 553
612
index
morder (to bite) 305, 307, 483
morir (to die) 305, 307
mostrar (to show) 305, 307, 559
muchacha (girl) 49, 51, 59, 103, 104
muchacho (boy) 49, 51, 59, 103, 104
muchas (many) 151
mucho (many) 205
Mucho gusto (Much pleasure, It’s nice to meet you.) 85
mujer (woman) 105
muñeca (doll) 319, 323
museo (museum) 261, 267
música (music) 51, 59, 61, 205, 399
N
nación (nation) 57, 63
nadar (to swim) 261, 379, 399, 515
nada (nothing) 275, 507
nadie (no one) 503, 505, 507
ñandú (nandu) 41
naranja (orange) 193, 197
nariz (nose) 41, 57, 59, 63
negar (to deny) 285, 287
Negation 161
Negative Sentences 165
negro (black) 203
nervioso (nervous) 163, 169
ni…ni (neither...nor) 503, 505
nieva (snow) 281
nevando (snowing) 275, 281
ningún (none) 503, 505
noche (night) 173, 179, 223, 225, 227
noreste (Northeast) 191, 193, 209
noroeste (Northwest) 191, 193, 209
norte (North) 191, 193, 209
nosotras (we, all women) 97, 107
nosotros (we, all men or mixed group) 97, 107
noticias (news) 483, 485
noviembre (November) 260, 269
no (no) 503
Nouns 63
Gender of nouns 57
Nouns in Spanish 63
Plurals of nouns 58
noventa (ninety) 19, 83, 87
nublado (cloudy) 275, 281
nuestro (our) 283, 285, 317
nueve (nine) 19, 71, 73, 87
nunca (never) 503, 505
O
Obligation: tener que, hay que, deber que 293, 299, 301
ochenta (eighty) 19, 83, 87
ocho (eight) 19, 87, 143
613
index
octubre (October) 260, 269
ocupado (busy) 163, 169
oeste (West) 191, 193, 209
oficina (office) 59, 61, 163, 169
ojo (eye) 41
olor (smell) 59
once (eleven) 19, 71, 73, 87, 133, 143
orbe (orb) 59
otoño (fall, autumn) 273, 275, 279
P
padre/papá (dad, father) 385
palabra (word) 379
pantalones (pants) 483, 487
papel (paper) 18, 57, 59
paquete (package) 483, 487, 489
parque (park) 57, 59, 63
partir (to leave) 117, 119
paso (pass) 185
paz (peace) 41, 429
pedir (to ask for) 321, 323
peinarse (to comb one’s hair) 387, 389
película (movie) 437, 443
pensar (to think) 26, 283, 285
peor (worse) 445, 447
el peor (the worst) 445, 447
pequeño (small) 446, 447, 455
perder (to lose) 287
permitir (to permit) 117, 119
perro (dog) 41, 303, 343
Personal “a” 192, 327
personas (people) 105
pescados (fish) 295, 297
pintar (to paint, to color) 117, 119
pizarrón (chalkboard) 483
plátanos (bananas) 197
playa (beach) 163, 261, 267
pluma (pen, feather) 59, 179, 329
poder (to be able, can) 303, 305, 307, 493, 495, 497
ponerse (to put on clothing) 387, 389
poner (to put) 417, 419, 493, 495, 497
por (for, through) 183, 185, 187, 253
Possessive Adjectives 283, 289
Possessive Pronouns 317, 325
practicar (to practice) 505
predecir (to predict) 319, 321
preferir (to prefer) 285, 287
preguntar (to ask) 317, 319, 323
preparar (to prepare) 95, 97, 101, 205
Prepositions 183, 189
Prepositional Object Pronouns 514, 521
presten atención (pay attention) 53
614
index
Preterit tense 485, 524, 529
and irregular verbs 499
and Stem - Changing Verbs 497
with expressions of time 523, 531
primavera (spring) 273, 275, 279
prima (cousin, female) 379, 385, 393
primo (cousin, male) 379, 385, 393
privado (private) 483
professor (professor) 59, 151
prohibir (to prohibit) 117, 119
prometer (to promise) 483, 487
pronouns 83, 219, 317, 327, 329, 337, 501, 521
Pronunciation 23, 28, 40, 53
propina (tip) 339, 341
puerta (door) 17, 429
Punctuation 71
puntos cardinals (cardinal points) 193
puntos intermedios (intermediate points) 193
Q
que (that, which, who, or whom) 495, 501
querer (to want) 285, 287, 493, 495, 497
queso (cheese) 41
Question Words 149, 150, 153
quien (who, whom) 494, 495, 501
quieres (you want) 151
quince (fifteen) 19, 71, 73, 77, 87, 143
R
rápido (fast) 18, 51
recibir (to receive) 117, 119, 419, 483, 489
Reciprocal Reflexives 435, 439
recordar (to remember) 305, 307
recreo (recess) 21, 225, 233
rectángulo (rectangle) 20, 203, 207
Reflexive Verbs and Pronouns 385, 389
regalo (gift) 339, 341, 343, 489, 559
regar (to water a plant) 285, 287
reglaje (adjustment) 59
reglas (rules) 319, 323
regular (regular) 51, 59, 61
reirse (to laugh) 387, 389
relámpago (lightening) 41, 275
Relative Pronouns 494, 501
reloj (a clock, a watch) 225
repetir (to repeat) 261
resolver (to resolve) 483, 487
respuesta (answer) 193, 199
reunión (meeting) 57, 59, 63
revista (magazine) 217, 219, 329, 335, 429
615
index
roca (rock) 59, 61
rogar (to beg, to request) 305, 307
rojo (red) 105, 173, 179, 203
rosa (pink, rose) 41, 59, 61, 203
ruso (Russian) 379
S
sábado (Saturday) 260, 269
saber (to know, to know how) 377, 379, 407, 409, 413, 497
sacar (to take out) 205, 211
sacerdotes (the priests) 151, 159
salir (to leave) 409, 423
saludar (to greet) 95, 97, 101
secreto (secret) 429
seguir (to continue, to follow) 317, 319, 321
según (according to) 515, 521
segundo (second) 59, 61, 223, 225, 227
seis (six) 71, 73
semana pasada (last week) 481, 483
semana (week) 260, 261, 481
sentarse (to sit down) 387, 389
sentirse (to feel - well, ill) 387, 389
sentir (to feel) 285, 287
septiembre (September) 260, 269
servir (to serve) 317, 319, 321
ser (to be) 171, 173, 175, 177, 179, 223, 413, 423, 499, 527
sesenta (sixty) 19, 83, 87
setenta (seventy) 19, 83, 87
sí (yes) 27, 51
siempre (always) 53, 507
siesta (afternoon rest, nap) 41, 399
siete (seven) 19, 71, 73, 87
silla (chair) 17, 59, 173, 175
sobre (over) 191, 193
soler (to be in the habit of ) 305, 307
sobrino (nephew) 59
sol (sun) 275, 281
soñar (to dream) 305, 307
Songs
A, E, I, O, U 11
Cielito Lindo (My Little Love) 11
De colores (Of Colors) 13
El rancho grande (The Big Ranch) 12
Las mañanitas (The Early Morning Songs) 12
La bamba (La Bamba) 14
La canción de los colores (The Colors Song) 11
La canción de los numeros (Numbers Song) 11
La cucaracha (The Cockroach) 11
Los dias de la semana (The Days of the Week) 12
Los meses del año (The Months of the Year) 12
Noche de Paz (Silent Night) 14
Recuerdos de Santaní (Memories of Santaní) 13
616
index
sorprender (to surprise) 105, 107
Stem - Changing Verbs
e to i 317, 321
e to ie 283, 287
o to ue 303, 307
subir (to go up) 117, 119, 419
Subject Pronouns 83
Superlatives 445, 453, 455
su (his, her, their, your -singular and plural, polite) 283, 285, 289
sur (South) 191, 193
sureste (Southeast) 191, 193
suroeste (Southwest) 191, 193
T
también (also) 447, 451, 503, 505, 507
tambor (drum) 41
tampoco (neither) 503, 505
tarde (late) 163, 193
tarea (homework) 29, 193, 275, 277, 285
taxi (taxi) 295
televisión (television) 29, 58, 205
Telling Time 171, 223
temprano (early) 483, 487
tendón (tendon) 59
tener (to have) 192, 197, 199, 211, 293, 299, 497
terminar (to end) 225, 233
tía (aunt) 385, 393
tiempo (weather, time) 273, 275, 281
tío (uncle) 385, 393
ti (you) 514, 515, 521
tocar (to touch or to play a musical instrument) 95, 97, 407, 409, 413
tomar (to drink, to take) 185, 205, 295
tomate (tomato) 185
tostar (to toast) 305, 307
trabajar (to work) 95, 97, 205, 211, 261
traducir (to translate) 494, 495, 499
traer (to bring) 494, 495, 499
trece (thirteen) 19, 71, 73, 87
treinta (thirty) 19, 83, 87
tres (three) 19, 71, 73, 87
triángulo (triangle) 20, 203, 207
triste (sad) 163, 169
tu (your; singular, familiar) 283, 285, 289
U
universidad (university) 59
uno (one) 19, 71, 73, 77, 83, 87, 133
usted (you; formal) 85, 411
ustedes (you all; formal) 85, 411
uvas (grapes) 41
617
index
V
vacaciones (vacation) 399
vela (sail) 41
vender (to sell) 105, 107
venir (to come) 417, 419, 423, 493, 495, 497
ventana (window) 17, 429, 483, 489
verano (summer) 273, 275, 279
Verb Conjugation
conjugating - ar Verbs 93, 97, 99
conjugating - er Verbs 103, 107
conjugating - ir Verbs 115, 119
Verb Tenses 93, 481, 531
verdad (truth) 151, 319, 429, 559
ver (to see) 333, 523, 525
verde (green) 193, 197, 203
verificación (verification) 59
vestir (to clothe, to dress) 319, 321
viejo (old) 173, 175
viente (twenty) 72, 73
viento (wind) 279, 281
viernes (Friday) 260, 269
visitar (to visit) 95, 97, 101, 261, 515
vivir (to live) 25, 115, 117, 119, 489, 515, 517
viva (lively) 163, 169
vocabulario (vocabulary) 379
volar (to fly) 305, 307
volver (to return) 305, 307
vosotras (you all, informal; all women) 97, 107
vosotros (you all,informal; all men or mixed group) 97, 107
voto (vote) 51, 59, 61
vuestro (your; plural, familiar) 283, 285, 317
W
wafle (waffle) 41
X
xilófono (xylophone) 41
Y
y…o (either...or) 503, 505
yo (I) 25, 85
Yucatán (Yucatan) 41
Z
zanahoria (carrot) 41
618

lesson plan - Discovery Education

Transcripción

Documentos relacionados

Build with HABITAT Need